MENU

Where the world comes to study the Bible

Micah 2

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Woe to Evildoers Threats Directed Against Samaria and Jerusalem The Fate of Those Who Oppress the Poor Against Land-Grabbers
2:1-2 2:1-5 2:1-2  
      2:2-4
2:3-4   2:3-4  
2:5   2:5 2:5
Lying Prophets     The Prophet of Misfortune
2:6-9 2:6-11 2:6-7 2:6-11
    2:8-10  
2:10-11      
Israel Restored   2:11 Promises of Restoration
2:12-13 2:12-13 2:12 2:12-13
    2:13  

READING CYCLE THREE (see "Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the four translations above. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

A. Chapters 1-2 form a literary unit. God's judgment on Samaria (the capital of Israel) should have been a warning to Judah!

 

B. As chapter 1 is in the literary form of a court scene, chapter 2 is in the literary form of a funeral dirge.

 

C. This chapter has many similarities to the book of Amos, Micah's eighth century contemporary to the Northern Ten Tribes.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:2:1-5
 1Woe to those who scheme iniquity,
 Who work out evil on their beds!
 When morning comes, they do it,
 For it is in the power of their hands.
 2They covet fields and then seize them,
 And houses, and take them away.
 They rob a man and his house,
 A man and his inheritance.
  3Therefore, thus says the Lord,
 "Behold, I am planning against this family a calamity
 From which you cannot remove your necks;
 And you will not walk haughtily,
 For it will be an evil time.
 4On that day they will take up against you a taunt
 And utter a bitter lamentation and say,
 'We are completely destroyed!
 He exchanges the portion of my people;
 How He removes it from me!
 To the apostate He apportions our fields.'
  5Therefore, you will have no one stretching a measuring line
 For you by lot in the assembly of the Lord."

2:1 "Woe" This interjection, "ah," "ha," means "alas" (BDB 222, e.g., Isa. 1:4,24; 10:5; 17:12; 28:1; 55:1; Jer. 22:18; 34:5; Amos 5:16; 6:1). This is the characteristic literary marker of a funeral dirge (i.e., a 3-2 beat). As chapter 1 was replete with words of lamentation and mourning (cf. vv. 8,10,11,16), so chapter 2 continues this theme (cf. v. 4).

▣ "to those who scheme iniquity. . .Who work out evil on their beds" These are parallel lines. The first VERB "scheme" (BDB 362, KB 359) and the second, "work out" (BDB 821, KB 950) are both Qal ACTIVE PARTICIPLEs. This reflects the premeditated plans of evil Israelites (cf. Ps. 36:1-4; Prov. 23:7; Isa. 32:7). In this context it is referring to ways to get more land from the poor rural farmers.

▣ "When morning comes, they do it" The VERB in the second line is repeated, but here it is a Qal IMPERFECT denoting continuing action. Sin starts in the thought life (cf. Hosea 7:6). The rabbis said our mind is like a plowed field ready for seed. What our eyes see, our ears hear, and what our thoughts dwell on becomes our actions!

▣ "For it is in the power of their hands" This is the OT equivalent of "might makes right." Just because we can does not mean we should. There is an ethical God. He has made an ethical world. All humans will give an account to Him of their stewardship of the gift of life!

2:2 "They covet fields, and then seize them. . .They rob a man and his house, A man and his inheritance" These are four parallel lines (chiastic structure) with two strong VERBS.

1. "covet" - BDB 326, KB 325, Qal PERFECT

2. "seize" - BDB 159, KB 186, Qal PERFECT

3. "take away" - BDB 669, KB 724, Qal PERFECT

4. "oppress" - BDB 798, KB 897, Qal PERFECT

 Remember the extreme importance that the Jewish people placed on land inheritance within the Promised Land (cf. Lev. 25:23; Num. 33:54; 36:1-12; Josh. 12-21). God's gift to all the descendants of Abraham was now in the hands of greedy, wealthy exploiters. Micah, growing up and living in a small rural community, had seen it again and again.

 The term "house" can refer to a place of dwelling or to one's family (as could the term "inheritance"). These exploiters wanted everything—land, children, adults, and all their property!

2:3 "Therefore, says the Lord,

 Behold, I am planning" The INTERJECTION "behold" (בה, BDB 243 II) denotes a surprising statement of outcome. The UBS Helps For Translators series on Micah, says, "This is a way of showing that something new and unexpected is about to happen" (p. 82).

This is irony. As evil humans plan (same VERB as was used in v. 1, "scheme"), so too, God plans (i.e., "we reap what we sow, e.g., Gal. 6:7).

▣ "against this family" The term "family" means clan (BDB 1046). Notice the aggressive sin of some affects the complacent, silent majority and the whole nation (cf. Amos 3:2) is judged!

NASB"calamity"
NKJV, TEV,
NJB"disaster"
NRSV"evil"

This Hebrew term (BDB 949) means "evil," "distress," or "wickedness." In Exod. 32:12,14 it refers, as here, to the judgment of God (cf. Deut. 29:112; Amos 9:4). It is used twice in v. 3 and also in 3:2,11.

▣ "you cannot remove your necks" The VERB (BDB 559, KB 561) is a Hiphil IMPERFECT. This idiom of conquest is also used in Lam. 1:14; 5:5. It refers to a yoke on the neck of an ox which directs its activity.

▣ "walk haughtily" Israel had become proud and arrogant (i.e., eighth century historical setting). God will change their walk and mind about this (cf. Isa. 2:11,12).

2:4 "On that day" This refers to the time of God's judicial activity, sometimes, as here, it is temporal, other times it is eschatological (i.e., the Day of YHWH).

▣ "taunt" This refers to a song or proverb (i.e., mashal, BDB 605 II), which others speak to denote thecurrent condition/situation of a person or group. It becomes a training tool for warning others not to do the same.

▣ "lamentation" This refers to a funeral dirge (BDB 624, KB 675, Qal PERFECT). The taunt is v. 4c-f (four lines of poetry).

This term (BDB 624, KB 675) is repeated three times in the Masoretic Hebrew Text:

1. the VERB (Qal PERFECT)

2. the NOUN (MASCULINE SINGULAR)

3. the NOUN (FEMININE SINGULAR)

This repetition denotes a grievous lamentation (wailing).

▣ "We are completely destroyed" This is a COGNATE construction used for emphasis:

1. BDB 994, KB 1418, a Qal INFINITIVE ABSOLUTE

2. BDB 994, KB 1418, a Niphal IMPERFECT

 

2:4 "He exchanges the portion of my people" The term "exchanges" (BDB 558, KB 560, Hiphil IMPERFECT) is a legal term for the transfer of a land title. Verses 4 and 5 are the wail of the powerful, wealthy, influential Israelites (who stole from the poor) over the coming exile. But notice, it is not sorrow for their actions, but sorrow over the consequences of their actions. They are reaping what they sowed (in kind)!

▣ "To the apostate He appoints our fields" This can refer either to (1) an apostate (i.e., one who turns back, BDB 1000, NKJV) or (2) JPSOA has "rebel" from "ravager," which denotes the Assyrian invaders (from similar Hebrew root, BDB 1000, NRSV, TEV, NJB). The irony is that these rich and powerful Jewish land grabbers are calling others (i.e., the invaders) land grabbers.

2:5 "you will have no one stretching a measuring line" The LXX changes the VERB "exchange" in the previous verse to "measure" to match this line of poetry.

▣ "For you by lot in the assembly of the Lord" This refers to the sacred division of the Promised Land (Josh. 12-21). This statement is tantamount to the powerful, wealthy, influential being excommunicated from the Promised Land, both temporally and eschatologically (cf. v. 10). This passage implies that God's judgment to these exploiters is even more severe than Exod. 20:5; Deut. 5:9 ("visiting the iniquity of the fathers on the children"). This exclusion is permanent and transgenerational!

▣ "by lot" The term "lot" (BDB 174) originally referred to the Urim and Thummim carried by the High Priest on his chest behind the twelve stones. It is not certain what form this mechanical means of knowing YHWH's will took:

1. different colored stones

2. stones with "yes" or "no" painted on them

3. stones with letters on them

4. other unknown means.

The NT word for "clergy" comes from this Hebrew concept.

▣ "the assembly of the Lord" This is a covenant phrase. The Septuagint translates the term qahal by ecclesia (gathering or assembly, which was later used by the NT believers as a title for themselves, i.e., church).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:2:6-11
 6"Do not speak out," so they speak out.
  But if they do not speak out concerning these things,
 Reproaches will not be turned back.
 7Is it being said, O house of Jacob:
 'Is the Spirit of the Lord impatient?
 Are these His doings?'
 Do not My words do good
 To the one walking uprightly?
  8Recently My people have arisen as an enemy—
 You strip the robe off a fellow-Israelite,
 From unsuspecting passers-by,
  From those returned from war.
 9The women of My people you evict,
 Each one from her pleasant house.
 From her children you take My splendor forever.
 10Arise and go,
 For this is no place of rest
 Because of the uncleanness that brings on destruction,
 A painful destruction.
 11If a man walking after wind and falsehood
 Had told lies and said,
 'I will speak out to you concerning wine and liquor,'
 He would be spokesman to this people."

2:6-7 Verses 6-7 are dialogue. Micah speaks. It is hard to be certain where Micah starts and stops and where the rich, speaking as a group, start and stop.

 Leslie Allen (New International Commentary on the Old Testament), p. 292, has a good translation of vv. 6 and 7: "…stop your preaching, they preach. They should stop preaching in this vein: humiliation won't overtake us: the community of Jacob is party to the covenant. Has Yahweh lost His temper? Is this the way He acts? Do not His promises spell good fortune? Do not we keep company with the One who keeps His word?"

 Verses 6 and 7, to some extent, seem to reflect the rich's traditional covenant theology, but it fails to adequately understand the covenant requirement (cf. Deut. 27-28).

2:6 "Do not speak out, so they speak out" There is a play (the VERB is repeated three times) on the term "speak out" or "prophesy" (BDB 642, KB 694, Hiphil IMPERFECT used in a JUSSIVE sense, i.e "to drop a message on someone," cf. v. 6 [3 times, all Hiphil IMPERFECTS]; v. 11 [twice, also Amos 7:16]). The term "speak out" is literally "to drip" (cf. Deut. 32:2; Ezek. 20:46; 21:2).

2:7 This verse has three (NASB, NKJV) or four (NRSV, TEV, NJB) questions. Who is speaking is uncertain. Some translations say (1) the condemned rich; (2) the false prophet (NKJV); or (3) YHWH Himself.

NASB"Is it being said, O house of Jacob"
NKJV"You who are named the house of Jacob"
NRSV"Should this be said, O house of Jacob"
TEV"Do you think the people of Israel are under a curse"
NJB"Can the house of Jacob be accursed"

The divergence is due to a hapox legommenon, "should it be said" (BDB 55, KB 65, Qal PASSIVE PARTICIPLE). The NET Bible emends it to an INFINITIVE ABSOLUTE of the same root resulting in "Does the family of Jacob say?"

 The word "accursed" (NJB) or "cursed" (TEV) is the result of an emendation to the term "said."

"the Spirit of the Lord" In context this does not refer to the Holy Spirit, but the personality of YHWH (i.e., YHWH's Spirit, cf. 3:8). Here with the BERB (BDB 894, KB 1126, Qal PERFECT) it refers to the Lord's patience (cf. NRSV, TEV, NJB) or lack of anger.

2:8 "Recently My people have arisen as the enemy" The VERB (BDB 877, KB 1086) is a Polel IMPERFECT. The covenant people have repeatedly broken their obligations to the Mosaic Covenant. This is what the exploiters refused to acknowledge! God's people were acting like an invading enemy against their own covenant brothers and sisters.

The problem in translating this phrase is that the MT is using "my people" as the attackers and exploiters, when in the following lines they are the exploited. Several translations emend the MT to "but you rise up against my people as an enemy" (cf. NRSV, TEV, NJB, NET Bible).

"You strip the robe off a fellow-Israelite" The VERB (BDB 832, KB 980) is a Hiphil IMPERFECT. This reflects the action of the rich in exploiting the poor. This passage reflects the greed and heartlessness of the wealthy, influential, Israelite land grabbers in evicting poor people from their houses and taking their clothes (even their children) as a guarantee for money borrowed (cf. Exod. 22:26,27).

Notice the groups impacted by this exploitation:

1. covenant brothers, v. 8b-c

2. military veterans, v. 8d

3. covenant women, v. 9a-b

4. covenant children, v. 9c

 

NASB"From unsuspecting passers-by"
NKJV"From those returned from war"
NRSV"From those who trust you, as they pass by"
TEV"Men returning from battle, thinking they are safe at home, but there you are, waiting to steal"
NJB"on those who feel safe you inflict the damage of way"

From these different translations it is obvious that the Hebrew is ambiguous or defective. From context the robe is demanded from unsuspecting strangers. The phrase about "returned from war" is what causes the confusion.

The best interpretation of this ambiguous phrase is that when Jewish soldiers returned home from fighting foreign enemies (potential invaders and land grabbers) they thought they were safe, but not so. Their own covenant brothers attacked them unexpectedly and took their land and possessions!

2:9 "The women of My people you evict" The VERB (BDB 176, KB 204, Piel IMPERFECT) means "to drive out" (cf. Hosea 9:15). This implies that the husbands have already been sold into indentured servitude.

"From her children you take My splendor forever" These children become slaves and worse (as did the fathers). Their rightful inheritance as God's covenant people in the Promised Land was lost to greed and exploitation. They will also be corporately affected by the judgment of God (i.e., exile) that will come to national Judah, as it did to Israel. But in the future, they will receive their inheritance again (cf. v. 5). So "forever" is a way of showing intensity, not time here.

This may metaphorically reflect the policies of the Assyrian army of killing the very young (and the very old) before exiling the parents.

2:10 "Arise and go" These two VERBS (BDB 877, KB 1086, "arise; and BDB 229, KB 246, "go") are both Qal IMPERATIVES. This either reflects (1) a warning to the faithful few (i.e., the remnant) or (2) more probably, God's judgment of the nation (i.e., exile).

 ▣ "this is no place of rest" This term is used of the Promised Land in Deut. 12:9; Ps. 95:11. It is an idiom for invasion and exile.

▣ "Because of the uncleanness that brings on destruction" This term (BDB 380) is used in the OT to describe the abominations of the Canaanites. Micah uses this same term to accuse the people of God of similar acts (cf. Lev. 18:24ff) that caused God to remove the Canaanites (cf. Gen. 15:6). He now removes the Israelites.

There is another COGNATE construction:

1. VERB, BDB 287 II, KB 285, Piel IMPERFECT ("bring a destruction")

2. NOUN, BDB 287, KB 285 ("a painful destruction")

 

NASB"painful destruction"
NKJV"utter destruction"
NRSV"grievous destruction"
TEV"doom this place to destruction"
NJB"extortionate pledge"

The Niphal PARTICIPLE (BDB 599, KB 637) is literally "made sick" (e.g., Jer. 14:17). Physical illness is used as a metaphor for sin and rebellion (e.g., Isa. 1:5-6).

2:11 "If a man, walking after the wind and falsehood" This seems to refer to the message of the false prophets who are readily embraced, while true prophets are rejected (cf. v. 6). These false teachers were always preaching covenant health, wealth, and prosperity (cf. 3:5; based on proof-texts from Deut. 27-29). They always ignored the covenant responsibilities (see The Disease of the Health, Wealth Gospels by Gordon Fee). Most OT covenants are conditional!

This phrase is a play on the words "spirit" and "wind" (BDB 924, cf. Hosea 8:7, 12:1).

▣ "I will speak out to you concerning wine and liquor" This would refer to God's agricultural abundance, promised in Deut. 28. Here it may refer to the spiritual effects of prosperity (cf. Isa 5:11,12,22; 28:7). Drunkenness is often a metaphor of judgment in the OT.

See Special Topic: Biblical Attitudes Toward Alcohol (Fermentation) and Alcoholism (Addiction) at Amos 6:6.

"He would be spokesman to this people" The message of the prosperity promised to the covenant people (Deut. 28), yet separated from covenant responsibility (Deut. 27, 29), was a favorite theme (as it is today). These false teachers promised peace (cf. 3:5) and prosperity, but in reality, God's judgment, not blessing, was swiftly approaching!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:2:12-13
 2"I will surely assemble all of you, Jacob,
 I will surely gather the remnant of Israel.
 I will put them together like sheep in the fold;
 Like a flock in the midst of its pasture
 They will be noisy with men.
 13The breaker goes up before them;
 They break out, pass through the gate, and go out by it.
 So their king goes on before them,
 And the Lord at their head."

2:12-13 These verses are a radical change from judgment to hope, which characterizes this book. There have been several theories concerning this radical change: (1) John Calvin and Kimchi see vv. 12 and 13 as referring to the deportation into exile; (2) it is possibly another quote from the false teachers (i.e., a response to v. 10); (3) this is Micah's personal hope in YHWH's protection; or (4) an insertion of the later redactor. I prefer the sudden shifts to the poetic parallelism known as antithetical parallelism, so common in Hebrew Wisdom Literature, and prophetic poetry.

2:12 "I will surely assemble all of you, Jacob" This is a promise of future restoration to the Promised Land through YHWH's power by YHWH Himself (cf. Deut. 30:4; Jer. 23:3; 31:8). Even though Israel was judged because of the wicked, all of its people paid the price of invasion and exile. God will set it straight for those (and their descendants) who truly trust and obey Him!

Verse 12 is in the first person ("I"), but v. 13 is in the third person. This is common in Hebrew, but here, possibly v. 12 is YHWH speaking and v. 13 Micah's comment and development.

▣ "the remnant of Israel" This theological concept becomes a recurrent hope in the Prophets. It refers to a small group of faithful, believing, obedient, covenant Israelites from which YHWH will build His kingdom (cf. 4:6-7). The majority of the covenant people (i.e., descendants of Abraham) are not believers, not obedient, and not right with God. They deserve temporal and eschatological judgment.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE REMNANT, THREE SENSES

▣ "like sheep in the fold,

 Like a flock in the midst of its pasture" This may be a play on (1) a place name, Bozrah (MT, JPSOA), which was known for its excellent sheep or (2) a parallel to a pasture and, therefore, a protected enclosure (i.e., sheepfold, which requires an emendation to the MT).

These allusions to sheep and shepherding are covenant metaphors for YHWH's care and provision (cf. Psalm 23). The sheep are guarded and cared for. The last line of v. 12 seems to imply (1) a joyful group or (2) as in NKJV and NIV, a large number of people.

2:13 Micah seems to be speaking again (i.e., third person references to YHWH). This verse is Messianic text. The Davidic kingship will be restored (cf. II Sam. 7).

There is a word play between "breaker" (v. 13a, BDB 829, KB 971, Qal PARTICIPLE) and "break out" (v. 13b, BDB 829, KB 971, Qal PERFECT). The king will lead his people out of the pen of the exile into a large pasture, where they run and jump with joy! Notice the concept of pen is used in two senses: in v. 12 as a protective enclosure, but in v. 13 as a restrictive enclosure.

Notice how the Davidic King (cf. v. 13c) is paralleled with YHWH (cf. v. 13d). This implies a divine king (cf. 5:2-4)! However, this context could be seen as YHWH, the One who caused the exile is the very One who reverses it. The king may be a way of referring to God (cf. 4:7; I Sam. 8:7).

"the gate" This was an Old Testament metaphor for the power of a city or city-state. This is a word play between the gate of the sheepfold and the national power (i.e., Assyria), which exiled the Northern Ten Tribes (in. 722 b.c.).

 

Micah 4

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
The Lord's Reign in Zion Prophecies of Israel's Glorious Future and the Restoration of the Davidic Kingdom The Lord's Universal Reign The Future Reign of Yahweh in Zion
  (4:1-5:15)    
4:1-3 4:1-4 4:1-2 4:1-4
    4:3-4  
4:4-5      
  4.5 4.5 4.5
Zion's Future Triumph   Israel Will Return from Exile The Scattered Flock is Gathered to Zion
4:6-8 4:6-7 4:6-7 4:6-7
  4:8 4:8-12 4:8
      The Siege, Exile, and Liberation of Zion
4:9-10 4:9-10   4:9-10
      Her Enemies to be Crushed on the Threshing Floor
4:11-12 4:11-13   4:11-13
4:13     The Distress of the Davidic Dynasty
    4:13-5:1 4:14-5:1
4:14      

READING CYCLE THREE (see "Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the four translations above. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

BACKGROUND STUDY

Micah 4:1-3 is very similar to Isa. 2:2-4. It is obvious that literary borrowing has occurred from one or the other or they both borrowed from a third source.

The book of Micah seems to reflect two historical dates, as well as an eschatological position. Throughout the book, either (1) the Syro-Ephramatic War of 735 b.c. is the background or (2) the invasion of Judah by Sennacherib the Assyrian in 701 b.c. However, at the beginning of chapter 4, we realize that these two historical crises foreshadowed (1) the Babylonian invasion (v. 10) and (2) the ultimate crisis of history, the Kingdom of God. Several questions are left unanswered!

1. Does any OT prophet see the two comings of the Messiah?

2. Does this refer to a Jewish oriented millennium or a church oriented eternity?

3. Are the nations becoming believers and followers of YHWH (vv. 1-4) and/or His messiah or are they enemies to the bitter end (vv. 11-13)?

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:4:1-5
 1And it will come about in the last days
 That the mountain of the house of the Lord
 Will be established as the chief of the mountains.
 It will be raised above the hills,
 And the peoples will stream to it.
 2And many nations will come and say,
 "Come and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord
 And to the house of the God of Jacob,
 That He may teach us about His ways
 And that we may walk in His paths."
 For from Zion will go forth the law,
 Even the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.
 3And He will judge between many peoples
 And render decisions for mighty, distant nations.
 Then they will hammer their swords into plowshares
 And their spears into pruning hooks;
 Nation will not life up sword against nation,
 And never again will they train for war.
 4And each of them will sit under his vine
 And under his fig tree,
 With on one to make them afraid,
 For the mouth of the Lord of hosts has spoken.
 5Though all the peoples walk
 Each in the name of his god,
 As for us, we will walk
 In the name of the Lord our God forever and ever.

4:1,3-5 These are words from Micah, as are vv. 9-13. In v. 2 the nations speak and in vv. 6-8 YHWH speaks. This entire section is similar to Isa. 2:2-4.

4:1 "in the last days" This phrase (BDB 31 CONSTRUCT with BDB 398) is repeated often in the OT (cf. Gen. 49:1; Num. 24:14; Deut. 4:30; 31:29; Isa. 2:2; Jer. 23:20; 30:24; 48:47; 49:39; Ezek. 38:16; Dan. 10:14; Hosea 3:5; Micah 4:1). BDB (p. 31) describes it in this way, "The final period of history so far as the speaker's perspective reaches that sense thus varies with the context, but it often equals the ideal or Messianic future."

The phrase has some variation:

1. Dan. 2:28 - BDB 1079 CONSTRUCT with BDB 1095 ("the end of days")

2. Ezek. 38:8 - BDB 31 CONSTRUCT with BDB 1040 ("the latter years")

In Ezek. 38 the phrase is parallel to the famous prophetic phrase "that day" (cf. Ezek. 30:2-3; 38:10,14,18; 39:11; also Isa. 2:12; 10:3; 13:6,9; 34:2,8; 61:2; Jer. 30:7,8; Joel 1:15; 2:11,31; Amos 5:18; Zeph. 1:14, 15, 16,18).

The Jews of the interbiblical period developed a concept of two ages: the current evil age (begun in Gen. 3) and an age of righteousness inaugurated by the Messiah (cf. Micah 3:12-13; 5:1-5a). However, from further NT revelation (i.e., progressive revelation), we understand that the Messiah came not once, but twice. The period from the birth of Jesus at Bethlehem until the Second Coming could be called the "last days." The interpretive issue is when does the Second Coming occur? (1) some unknown future time; (2) before an earthly thousand year reign; (3) before the beginning of eternity? Part of this question deals with how we view the future. Is it earth-like (restored Garden of Eden) or totally different (cf. I Cor. 15:35-49)? Is the Bible literal (dispensational premillennial) or literary (see D. Brent Sandy, Plowshares and Pruninghooks)? See Special Topic: The Two Ages at Hosea 3:5.

▣ "the mountain of the house of the Lord" Jerusalem was built on seven hills. The two major ones were Mt. Moriah, on which the Temple stood, and Mt. Zion (i.e., site of the old Jebusite fortress and David's palace), which became a literary metaphor for the whole city (cf. v. 2).

The imagery of a mountain as the dwelling place of god/God is recurrent in Mesopotamian, Canaanite, Hebrew (e.g., Ps. 48:2; 87; Isa. 14:13; Ezek. 28:14), and Greco-Roman literature. There is an interesting article, "Divine Assembly," in Dictionary of Biblical Imagery, pp. 50-53 and also "Mountain" (pp. 572-574).

1. for Mesopotamia - ziggurats (man-made mountains)

2. for Canaan - Mt. Zaphon

3. for Hebrews - Mt. Zion/Moriah or a mountain in the north

4. for Greeks - Mt. Olympus

Micah has just predicted the total destruction of Jerusalem and the Temple (cf. 3:12). Now he asserts that God's universal kingdom will come to fruition in Jerusalem. God will establish His reign on a renamed Mt. Zion (i.e., "New Jerusalem," cf. Revelation 21). The ruined hill will become the most important mountain on the earth (note the parallelism between lines 2, 3, and 4). For the difference between OT prophecies about the future and NT prophecies, see full note at 4:7.

▣ "It will be raised above the hills" This is figurative language representing the preeminence of the temple in Jerusalem. Always Jewish people say, "Let us go up to Jerusalem." This concept is now widened into a universal sense. Mt. Moriah is viewed as the highest, most significant elevation on the planet, that place that is closest to God!

▣ "the peoples will stream to it" Notice this wonderful universal element in 4:1-3. This is a recurrent theme in the OT (cf. Ps. 22:27; 66:4; 86:9; Isa. 19:21,23; 27:13; 45:20-25; 50:6-8; 66:23; Jer. 3:17; 4:2; 12:14-16; Zech. 2:11; 8:20-23; 14:16).

Notice how in the OT people come to God's mountain on the temple, but in the NT His people are sent out (Matt. 28:18-20; Luke 24:47; Acts 1:8). There is a new temple—Jesus—and by faith in Him each believer becomes a temple. Instead of coming to the temple in Jerusalem, the NT temples go to the nations! God's universal, eternal, redemptive plan is now functioning!

For the difference between these OT prophetic predictions and the NT forecast of the future kingdom see full notes in the Special Topic at 4:7.

Notice the startling contrast between 3:12 (i.e., exile) and 4:l (i.e., restoration and glorification). Also notice the universal nature of the coming reign of the Messiah (cf. 2:13; 5:2-5a). This universal aspect is so characteristic of Isaiah and Micah (e.g., Dan. 7:9-10,13-14). It is uncertain if they come once and go home or come every year like a Jewish annual feast.

It is to be noted that in a context of Babylonian exile (cf.v. 10) the VERB "will stream" (BDB 625, KB 676, Qal PERFECT) is the same VERB Qal IMPERFECT) used to describe the captive nations streaming away from Babylon in Jer. 51:44. Cyrus (cf. Isa. 44:28-45:3), God's chosen vessel, allowed all the exiled people to return home.

4:2 "And many nations will come and say" Verse 2 records the supposed comment of the nations. All people are welcome (e.g., Isa. 11:10; 49:22). If there is one God (i.e., monotheism, cf. I Kgs. 8:43,60), all humans are made in His image (cf. Gen. 1:26-27), and He promises to redeem all mankind (cf. Gen. 3:15), then "one people" is the ultimate goal (cf. Gal. 3:23-29; Eph. 2:11-3:13). YHWH chose to reveal Himself through national Israel, but ultimately through the ideal Israelite, His Servant (cf. Isa. 52:13-53:12), His Son (cf. Ps. 2: II Sam. 7).

Verse 2 has several IMPERATIVES:

1. "come" - BDB 229, KB 246, Qal IMPERATIVE

2. "go" - BDB 748, KB 828, Qal IMPERFECT

3. "teach" - BDB 434, KB 436, Hiphil IMPERFECT, but JUSSIVE in meaning

4. "walk" - BDB 229, KB 246, Qal COHORTATIVE

 

"That he may teach us about His ways

 And that we may walk in His paths" There are three aspects to biblical faith: first is knowing God (personal relationship), second is knowing God's will (Scripture, cf. Ps. 19:7-14; 119:1-176), and the other is living God's will (Scripture obedience, cf. Isa. 51:4-8). God wants a people who reflect His character. God's goal has always been to reach the world (cf. lines 6 & 7)! Humans were created for fellowship with God!

4:3 "And he will judge between many peoples" This is an extreme contrast between Judah's judicial actions and YHWH's (cf. 3:1, 9, 11). YHWH's judgments (i.e., Messiah's judgments [so Ibn Ezra], Isa. 11:3-5; Micah 5:4) will result in social peace, not exploitation (cf. Isa. 2:2-4).

"Then they will hammer their swords into plowshares

 And their spears into pruning hooks" It is a beautiful metaphor to describe the peace of the days of the Messiah (cf. Ps. 46:9, 76:3; Hosea 2:18; the reverse in Joel 3:10).

 The exact nature of these agricultural implements is uncertain (BDB 88 III). They were made of metal and were used, not like a wooden plow to turn over soil, but to scratch a furrow. This was usually a metal tipped piece of sharpened wood.

▣ "And never again will they train for war" The VERB "train" (BDB 540, KB 531, Qal IMPERFECT) means to learn (e.g., Deut. 4:10; 17:19; Ps. 119:73). It can refer to warfare (cf. I Chr. 5:18; Song of Songs 3:8). Not only is the coming restoration universal, it is also permanent (cf. vv. 5 line 3; 7 line 4).

4:4 "And each of them will sit under his vine

 And under his fig tree" Israel and Judah were agricultural societies. This idiom denoted a peaceful and happy agricultural life. These phrases reflect the restoration of all descendants of Abraham back to the Promised Land, where each had their family land restored (cf. I Kgs. 4:25; Isa. 36:16; Zech. 3:10).

"With no one to make them afraid" In the OT if God's people live in light of His promises and covenant, He will defend them (cf. Lev. 26:3-6). This text in Micah reflects the Messiah's presence and rule (which reflects an eschatological setting).

▣ "For the mouth of the Lord of hosts has spoken" This speaks of the power and trustworthiness of God's Word (cf. Isa. 40:5,8; 45:23; 55:11). God's promises and trustworthiness are the basis of man's faith (cf. I Kgs. 8:56).

The title for God, "Lord of hosts," in a context relating to Israel and Judah, refers to God the commander and leader of the army of angels. In some contexts (i.e., Mesopotamian astral worship) it refers to the pagan theory of gods/angels behind the lights in the sky (i.e., planets, stars, constellations, comets, etc.). see Special Topic: Names for Deity at Amos 1:2.

4:5 This verse seems to be out of context. This is a strange verse in a context which speaks of the universal and permanent reign of the one true God, YHWH of Israel. Some see it as:

1. This glorious future is not here yet because currently every nation has its own god (cf. II Kgs. 17:29).

2. Not all people of all the nations would recognize YHWH even in a future ideal time (e.g., Rev. 22:15).

3. This is an affirmation of those who have come to Jerusalem (cf. vv. 1e, 2a, 3a,b) and now affirm YHWH their sovereign and God forever.

The tension in this chapter between "believing nations" and "unbelieving nations" is seen in the contrast between vv. 1-4 and v. 5!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:4:6-8
 6"In that day," declares the Lord,
 "I will assemble the lame,
 And gather the outcasts,
 Even those whom I have afflicted.
 7I will make the lame a remnant,
 And the outcasts a strong nation,
 And the Lord will reign over them in Mount Zion
 From now on and forever.
 8And as for you, the tower of the flock,
 Hill of the daughter of Zion,
 To you it will come—
 Even the former dominion will come,
 The kingdom of the daughter of Jerusalem.

4:6-8 This continues the theme of earlier chapters in Micah, God as shepherd (cf. 2:12-13, Ps. 23; Isa. 40:11; Ezek. 34), who cares for those who society has rejected (cf. Isa. 35:5-6; 61:1-2; Jer. 31:8; zeph. 3:19). No one is left out or left behind!

4:6 "In that day" See note at 4:1.

▣ "lame" This word means "limping flock" or "wounded sheep" (BDB 854 II, cf. Zeph. 3:19).

▣ "assemble" As lame and outcast are parallel, so too, the VERBS:

1. "assemble" - BDB 62, KB 74, Qal COHORTATIVE

2. "gather" - BDB 867, KB 1062, Piel COHORTATIVE

 

"outcasts" This refers literally to sheep who have left the flock (i.e., banished ones, BDB 621, cf. Zeph. 3:14).

▣ "Even those whom I have afflicted" God Himself brought judgment on His people (here the exiled "lame" and "outcast") in order to bring them back to the place of personal faith. God disciplines those who are part of His family (cf. Heb. 12:5ff).

4:7 "a remnant. . .a strong nation" God always starts with a small group (e.g., Adam and Eve, Noah, Abraham, Moses, etc.), but this small group of believers is meant to become more than the stars of heaven, the sands of the sea, and the dust of the earth (Genesis promise to the Patriarchs). They (believers in YHWH) are meant to fill the earth.

God Himself or His Messiah (i.e., depending on 1) which covenant one affirms and 2) your personal, biblical world view) will gather and accomplish this universal task (Ezek. 36:22-38). God's plan has always included all human beings (cf. Gen. 1:26-27; 3:15; 12:3; Exod. 19:5-6). In Genesis the Garden of Eden is the special place; in Exodus-Joshua the Promised Land is the special place; in the prophets Jerusalem is the special place; in the NT it is New Jerusalem coming down out of heaven.

For the theological implications to "remnant" see Special Topic at Micah 2:12.

NASB, NKJV,
REB"the outcasts"
NRSV"those who were cast off"
TEV"those who are left"
NJB"the far-flung"
JPSOA"the expelled"
NIV"those driven away"
NAB"those driven far off"

The Hebrew text is uncertain. Several emendations have been suggested:

1. "to be far off" - BDB 229, KB 245

2. "weaklings"

3. "sick ones"

4. "weary ones" (JB)

 

▣ "the Lord will reign over them in Mount Zion" There is a literary parallel between reigning and shepherding in the Old Testament (e.g., shepherd, 5:4,6 and reign, 4:7; 5:12).

"From now on and forever" This parallels v. 5d. God's promises are sure. God's plans are permanent. However, there is a progressive revelation. The OT has become the NT. God reveals Himself in fuller ways and categories, but the goal is always life with Him! See Special Topic: 'Olam (forever) at Hosea 2:19.

SPECIAL TOPIC: OT PREDICTIONS OF THE FUTURE VS. NT PREDICTIONS

4:8 "tower of the flock" This is possibly (1) a special place name near Bethlehem itself, where sacrificial sheep for daily sacrifice were raised (i.e., Jerome and possibly Gen. 35:2,1 or Migdal-eder). This will become the focus of prophecy in 5:2, which relates to the Messiah's (who is the sinless Lamb of God, cf. John 1:29) birthplace or (2) it refers to the king/shepherd watching over his people from the capital (here it is God or His messiah).

It is possible, using poetic synonymous parallelism, to understand:

1. "in Mount Zion," v. 7 line 3

2. "tower of the flock," v. 8 line 1

3. "hill of the daughter of Zion," v. 8, line 2 (cf. vv. 10,13)

4. "the daughter of Jerusalem," v. 8 line 5

as referring to the capital of the south (i.e., Jerusalem, cf. Isa. 24:23).

▣ "Hill of the daughter of Zion" This is possibly another place name, Ophel (BDB 779 I). Ophel was the district of Jerusalem where David's palace was located. It may be an allusion to a restored Davidic dynasty (cf. II Sam. 7).

▣ "Even the former dominion will come" This section may reflect Isa. 1:24-26. After Israel is judged, she will be restored to her previous greatness. This, of course, is metaphorical for restoration because, in reality, her future is far more extensive (i.e., universal) than her past (i.e., kingdom of David and Solomon).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:9-13
 9"Now, why do you cry out loudly?
 Is there no king among you,
 Or has your counselor perished,
 That agony has gripped you like a woman in childbirth?
 10Writhe and labor to give birth,
 Daughter of Zion,
 Like a woman in childbirth,
 For now you will go out of the city,
 Dwell in the field,
 And go to Babylon.
 There you will be rescued;
 There the Lord will redeem you
 From the hand of your enemies.
 11And now many nations have been assembled against you
 Who say, 'Let her be polluted,
 And let our eyes gloat over Zion.'
 12But they do not know the thoughts of the Lord,
 And they do not understand His purpose;
 For He has gathered them like sheaves to the threshing floor.
 13Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion,
 For your horn I will make iron
 And your hoofs I will make bronze,
 That you may pulverize many peoples,
 That you may devote to the Lord their unjust gain
 And their wealth to the Lord of all the earth.

4:9-13 The historical setting is again ambiguous, but because of v. 10, it seems to reflect the destruction of Jerusalem in 586 b.c. by neo-Babylon under Nebuchadnezzar II.

4:9 "why do you cry out so loudly" This refers to the time of exile. See Jer. 8:19.

▣ "Is there no king among you" This seems to be a sarcastic comment on chapter 3. The king was God's representative, and yet, if the king is evil, to whom can the people turn?

▣ "has your counselor perished" King and counselor are parallel and refer to the head of the royal line. In Isa. 9:6 it is one of several titles of the coming Messianic king. See Isa. 3:1-3.

▣ "like a woman in childbirth" Birthing (cf. v. 10 lines 1-3) is an OT metaphor of judgment and pain (cf. Isa. 42:14; Jer. 4:31; 6:24). In Mark 13:8 and Rom. 8:22 it is used of the birth pangs of the new age (i.e., for ever and ever).

4:10

NASB"Writhe and labor to bring forth"
NKJV"be in pain and labor to bring forth"
NRSV"writhe and groan"
TEV"twist and groan"
NJB"writhe in pain and cry aloud"

Both of these VERBS ("writhe" BDB 296, KB 297, and "labor" BDB 161, KB 189) are Qal IMPERATIVES.

"For now you will go out of the city, Dwell in the field" This is specifically referring to a forced exile after the capture of Jerusalem. These people will be forced to live out of doors while they are being marched to new homes and fields far away.

▣ "And go to Babylon" This is a specific allusion to the powerful Mesopotamian nation that conquered Assyria and the Fertile Crescent. Assyria took captive the Northern Ten Tribes (Israel) in 722 b.c. (cf. chapters 1-2). Babylon took captive the Southern Two Tribes (Judah) in 586 B b.c. (cf. 3:12).

Many scholars are surprised at such a specific reference to Babylon. This same non-chronological aspect can be seen in Isa. 13-14. However, it must also be mentioned that Babylon can be a way of referring to Mesopotamia, for there was a Babylonian Empire before Assyria and even long before that (cf. Gen. 10:10). It could also, following Gen. 11:4-9, refer to anti-God world powers (like Daniel). This would follow John the Apostle's use in the book of the Revelation (cf. 14:8; 16:19; 17:5; 18:2,10,21).

▣ "There you will be rescued;

 There the Lord will redeem you

 From the hand of your enemies" Here is another glimpse of hope (lines 7-9) amidst the blackness of judgment (lines 1-6). There is another radical subject break after v. 10. The new subject is introduced in vv. 11-12. The text moves from deliverance to another future attack beyond their return from Babylon.

4:11 "now many nations have been assembled against you" This seems to refer to the mercenary troops found both in the Assyrian (e.g., Sennacherib, 701 b.c.) and Babylonian armies (e.g., Nebuchadnezzar, 586 b.c.). However, those who are looking for a certain pre-millennial position often find credence in their position from passages like this in the Prophets.

NASB"Let her be polluted"
NKJV"Let her be defiled"
NRSV"Let her be profaned"
TEV"must be destroyed"
NJB"Let us desecrate her"

The VERB (BDB 337, KB 335, Qal IMPERFECT, but JUSSIVE in meaning) means "to be polluted or profaned" (cf. Ps. 106:38; Jer. 3:1,9). This same root is used in Isa. 9:16; 10:6).

NASB, NJB"let our eyes gloat over Zion"
NKJV"let our eyes look upon"
NRSV"let our eyes gaze upon"
TEV"we will see"

The VERB is parallel to the one above. It (BDB 302, 301, Qal JUSSIVE) is one general term "to see."

 The USB Translator's Handbook suggests that these two VERBS had a sexual connotation and this was the reason why the metaphor of "daughter" is used in vv. 8, 10, 13 (p. 129) or possibly the Promised Land's ritual defilement by foreign troops is the connotation of the two parallel VERBS (p. 129).

4:12 When those who do not know YHWH or His Word view history, they see Him judging His own people. They miss the goal of a special covenant people as a means for all people to know God. Abraham's descendants did not keep the covenant, did not reveal God, so God chose to reveal Himself (cf. Ezek. 36:22-38).

 In this chapter the tension between (1) believing nations and (2) attacking, unbelieving nations is accentuated. The poetry is brief and ambiguous. It is difficult (impossible) to systematize it. These are flashes of truth, of future events, or literary metaphors. Two great truths are taught:

1. God's will of a restored believing humanity will be a reality.

2. Some will not believe and will attack God by attacking His people.

3. One group will be with God forever; one group will be destroyed!

 

"He has gathered them" This seems to imply that God has gathered Israel's and Judah's enemies to allow her to destroy them (cf. v. 13; Isa. 13-14; Ezek. 38-39; Joel 4; Zech. 14).

4:13 Verses 12-13 must be taken together to understand God's comment. He calls His restored covenant people to devastate those pagan nations which God used to punish His own people for their sins (cf. v. 12; Isa. 41:15-16; Jer. 51:20-23; Habakkuk).

The first two VERBS ("arise" BDB 877, KB 1086 and "thresh" BDB 190, KB 218) are both Qal IMPERATIVES.

But in v. 13 God is speaking to His restored covenant people (i.e., New Covenant, cf. Jer. 31:31-34). One day His people will be victorious. God wanted to use Abraham's descendants. He wanted the world to know Him and come to Him, but Abraham's seed did not and the world could not!

▣ "to the Lord of all the earth" Again, notice this universal emphasis. In context this chapter relates to God's first covenant people, but in light of Jesus, it refers to the new covenant people!

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Why are the books of Isaiah and Micah so similar?

2. Is it unusual for the Old Testament prophecies to have a universal implication?

3. Why is v. 5 out of context?

 

Micah 5

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
  Prophecies of Israel's Glorious Future and the Restoration of the Davidic Kingdom   The Distress and Glory of the Davidic Dynasty
  (4:1-5:15)   (4:1-5:3)
The Coming Messiah 5:1 God Promises a Ruler from Bethlehem  
5:2 5:2-5a 5:2-5a  
5:3-5a     The Future Conqueror of Assyria
      5:4-5
Judgment on Israel's Enemies   Deliverance and Punishment  
5:5b-6 5:5b-6 5:5b-6 The Future Role of the Remnant
      5:6
5:7-9 5:7-9 5:7-9 5:7
      Yahweh Will Destroy All Temptations
      5:8-14
5:10-15 5:10-15 5:10-15  
      5:15

READING CYCLE THREE (see "Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the four translations above. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

A. Micah contains much prophetic material. See Introduction III. Genre D.

 

B. Some translations take 5:1 (i.e., 4:14 in Hebrew text) with chapter 4 (cf. TEV). If so then it relates to 4:9-10, where Jerusalem is attacked and exiled.

However, other translations take it with 5:1-5a (NASB, NJB, NIV), which would form a contrast between Jerusalem and a faithless king and evil leaders versus Bethlehem with a great coming king and godly leader.

 

C. This chapter is very specific about the birthplace of the Messiah. Micah wrote in the eighth century b.c. and precisely predicted the village of Jesus' birth. Some will deny the date of Micah, but if you do not accept the 750's then Micah was translated into Greek (i.e., the Septuagint in 250-150 b.c.). This is still well over a hundred years before His birth.

The predictive element unique to the Bible shows:

1. the inspiration of the Bible

2. the sovereignty of YHWH over history

3. the reality of the Messiahship of Jesus

 

D. This chapter also predicts the pre-existence (v. 2, lines 4,5) of the Messiah as well as the type of reign He will employ (vv. 4-5, line 1). This is shockingly specific prophecy. What a wonderful and accurate Bible we have been given by God.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:5:1-5a
 1"Now muster yourselves in troops, daughter of troops;
 They have laid siege against us;
 With a rod they will smite the judge of Israel on the cheek.
 2But as for you, Bethlehem Ephrathah,
  Too little to be among the clans of Judah,
 From you One will go forth for Me to be ruler in Israel.
 His goings forth are from long ago,
 From the days of eternity."
  3Therefore He will give them up until the time
 When she who is in labor has borne a child.
 Then the remainder of His brethren
 Will return to the sons of Israel.
 4And He will arise and shepherd His flock
 In the strength of the Lord,
 In the majesty of the name of the Lord His God.
 And they will remain,
 Because at that time He will be great
 To the ends of the earth.
 5And this One will be our peace.

5:1

NASB"Now muster yourselves in troops, daughter of troops"
NKJV"now gather yourself in troops, O daughter of troops"
NRSV"now you are walled around with a wall"
TEV"People of Jerusalem, gather your forces"
NJB"now look to your fortifications, fortress" (4:14)

This verse is 4:14 in the Hebrew text. There are several translation options:

1. The NASB, NKJV, and TEV follow the MT (BDB 151 I, cf. Jer. 5:7; and translate the VERB the same way).

2. The Septuagint has "now you are walled about with a wall" (i.e., siege, cf. NRSV, REB). It changes the Hebrew VERB "gather" (BDB 151, KB 177, Hithpoel IMPERFECT) to a similar Hebrew word meaning "to build a wall" (BDB 154, i.e., strengthen against a siege, cf. Ezek. 13:5, NJB).

3. Another possible translation is "you are slashing yourself, daughter of slashes" (BDB 151, but it would require a revocalization, cf. JPSOA, Moffatt translation, NET). This last possibility could be accurate because of the connection between "slashing oneself" and

a. idolatry (cf. Lev. 19:28; 21:5; Deut. 14:1; I Kgs. 18:28; Jer. 47:5; Hosea 7:14) or

b. grief (cf. Deut. 14:1; Jer. 16:6; 41:5; 47:5; 48:37)

Verse 1 describes the situation as it was (Jerusalem about to be sieged), where vv. 2-5 describe the situation that will be in the end time (Jerusalem home of the great King). This same temporal transition can be seen in vv. 5-9 in contrast with vv. 10-14.

Chapter 4, vv. 9-13, deals with Jerusalem. It is possible that 5:1 (MT 4:14) is one paragraph relating to a besieged capital (Jerusalem).

If 5:1 goes with 5:2-5a, then there is a contrast between weak, helpless Jerusalem and God's new leader from Bethlehem (David's hometown). The Judean monarchy is hopelessly lost in sin and faithlessness (except for a few godly kings, e.g., Hezekiah, Josiah). God will raise up another faithful king of David's line, who will fully follow YHWH (cf. Gen. 49:9-10; II Sam. 7)!

▣ "They have laid siege against us" The VERB (BDB 962, KB 1321) is a Qal PERFECT. Remember the time setting is not in the VERB, but in the context. This obviously refers to a siege, but which one? There are several theories.

1. The historical setting may be Sennacherib's invasion of Judah and his unsuccessful siege of Jerusalem in 701 b.c. ( cf. II Kgs. 19:35-36).

2. Nebechadnezzar II also invaded and besieged Jerusalem in 586 b.c. (cf. II Kgs. 24-25).

3. Many scholars believe this may also reflect the future invasion of Jerusalem and destruction of the temple by Titus in a.d. 70 (cf. Matt. 24; Mark 13; Luke 21)

Number 1 fits the author's time best, while #3 fits the Messiah's time best.

▣ "With a rod" The term "rod" (BDB 986) meant a stripped tree branch (shorter than a staff) used as a means of discipline

1. for children, Prov. 10:13; 13:24; 22:8,15; 23:13,14; 26:3; 29:15

2. for God's judgment on the nations, Ps. 2:9 (cf. 110:5-6); Isa. 9:4; Rev. 2:27; 19:15

3. for judgment on His own people, Isa. 10:5,24; 14:29

Assyria was called the "rod of God's anger" in Isa. 10:5,24. However, God will also strike Assyria because of her sins (cf. Isa. 30:31). "Rod" is a Hebrew idiom for a king ruling (BDB 986, cf. 7:14; Rev. 2:27; 12:5; 19:15).

▣ "they will smite the judge of Israel on the cheek" The judge is a title for the King of Israel. To smite one on the cheek was a sign of great insult (cf. I Kgs. 22:24; Job 16:10; Lam. 3:30; Acts 23:2), which shows Assyria's contempt and Israel's weakness. What YHWH had done to His covenant people's enemies (cf. Ps. 3:7), He now allows to happen to them!

Rotherham's Emphasized Bible asserts that this judge is the Messiah (p. 887).

5:2-5a This whole paragraph marks a radical transition from God's judgment (siege, exile) on Jerusalem and Judah to God's marvelous restoration (cf. 4:6-8,12-13). This vacillation is common in prophetic literature and perhaps is (1) the work of later editors or (2) the mind set (antithetical parallelism) of the Hebrew prophets.

5:2 "Bethlehem Ephrathah" Ephrathah (i.e., a clan of the tribe of Judah, cf I Sam. 17:12; Ruth 1:2; 4:11; note I Chr. 2:19,24,50) is added because there was another "house of bread" (Beth-lehem) in the northern tribal allocation of Zebulun (cf. Josh. 19:15). Bethlehem was known as Ephrath (cf. Gen. 38:19; 48:7). It was a very small village, only noted because it was the birthplace of King David (cf. I Sam. 16:1, and thereby, a way to refer to a future Davidic Messianic King, cf. II Sam. 7; Ps. 89). This verse is quoted in Matt. 2:6 and alluded to in Luke 2:4 and John 7:42.

"little" This term (BDB 859 I ) is often used in a pejorative sense of least.

1. clans, I Sam. 9:21

2. tribes, Ps. 68:27

3. horns, Dan. 8:9

4. towns, Micah 5:2

(list from NIDOTTE, vol. 3, p. 830)

 

▣ "clans" The term "clans" is the Hebrew term "thousands" (BDB 48 II). The Hebrew term for thousand, eleph, can be used as:

1. a family or clan unit, Num. 10:4; Josh. 22:14; Jdgs. 6:15; I Sam. 10:19; 23:23; Micah 5:2; Zech. 9:7

2. a military unit, Exod. 18:21,25; Deut. 1:15

3. a literal thousand, Gen. 20:16; Exod. 32:28

4. a symbol, Gen. 24:60; Exod. 20:6 (Deut. 7:9); 34:7; Jer. 32:18 

Bethlehem was so small that she is not even mentioned in Joshua 15 as supplying troops for the Judean army, or in Nehemiah as supplying workers for rebuilding Jerusalem's walls.

▣ "of Judah" Because of Moses' prediction about the descendants of Jacob's son, Judah (BDB 397) in Gen. 49:8-12, esp. v. 10, it became the accepted prophecy that the Messiah would be of Judah's line, family of Jesse (cf. II Sam. 7).

"for Me" This phrase is emphasized in the MT. The Messiah comes at YHWH's bidding. He is YHWH's full and perfect, human, righteous leader, One who accurately and completely reflects the God of Israel. The students of the OT (the rabbis) were not expecting an incarnation (i.e., God becoming a man), but an empowerment (i.e., like the Judges). God Himself was the true king (cf. I Sam. 8:7).

NASB"His goings forth are from long ago,
From the days of eternity"
NKJV"Whose goings forth have been from of old,
From everlasting"
NRSV"Whose origin is from of old,
From ancient days"
TEV"Whose family line goes back to ancient time"
NJB"Whose origins go back to the distant past,
To the days of old"

These two lines are parallel. The VERB, going forth (BDB 422, KB 425, Qal IMPERATIVE) is a very common VERB. It was used in Micah eight times (e.g., [1] of the Lord coming in 1:3; [2] of God's law going forth in 4:2; and [3] of repentant Israel being restored in 7:9 [a new exodus, 7:15]). It can refer to the Messiah's origin (NRSV, NJB) or actions (cf. vv. 4 and 5a).

These two lines could refer to (1) the pre-existence of the Messiah (cf. Prov. 8:22-31; John 1:1,14-15; 8:56-59; 16:28; 17:5; I Cor. 8:9; Phil. 2:6-7; Col. 1:17; Heb. 1:3; 10:5-8) or (2) a way of referring to famous descendants of the past (i.e., Abraham, Noah, or more probably, David). This whole verse alludes to a Davidic king, of David's line, from David's hometown. David was viewed as the ideal king.

The term "eternity" (BDB 761) is 'olam. See Special Topic: Forever ('Olam) at Hosea 2:19.

The NIDOTTE, vol. 3, p. 347, which discusses 'olam, makes this comment,

"While it is tempting to see here a reference to the eternal preexistence of the Messiah, no such an idea is found in biblical or postbiblical Jewish literature before the ‘Similitudes of Enoch' (first century b.c. - first century a.d.; see I Enoch 48:2-6."

I think, although there are hints in the OT of an incarnation, the Jewish leaders of Jesus' day were surprised at His claims of equality with God (e.g., Mark 2:5-7; John 1:1-14; 8:58 and Paul, II Cor. 4:4; Col. 1:15; Phil. 2:6; Titus 2:13). A partial list of OT texts that have been used to assert the full deity of Jesus follows:

1. Ps. 2:7, quoted in Heb. 1:5 (see esp. 1:2-3)

2. Ps. 45:6-7 quoted in Heb. 1:8-9

3. Ps. 110:1 quoted in Heb. 1:13

4. Isa. 9:6; Jer. 23:5-6; Micah 5:2 alluded to in Luke 1:32

5. Dan. 7:13 quoted in Matt. 26:64; Mark14:62

6. Zech. 13:7 quoted in Matt. 26:31; Mark 14:27

7. Mal. 3:1 quoted in Mark 1:1-3; Luke 2:26-27

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE TRINITY following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE TRINITY

5:3 "He will give them up until the time" In context the PRONOUN can refer to (1) YHWH or (2) His Messiah. It think it refers to YHWH in v. 3, line 1, but to the Messiah in v. 3, line 3 and is purposeful ambiguity!

The VERB (BDB 678, KB 733, Qal IMPERFECT) is another very common VERB, which can mean "give," "put," or "set." Here it connotes "deliver up," usually in a judgment context (cf. Num. 21:3; Jdgs. 20:13; I Sam. 11:12; II Sam. 14:7; 20:21; I Kgs. 14:16; Hosea 11:8).

"she who is in labor has borne a child" There are several possible biblical antecedents:

1. It goes back to YHWH's first promise of redemption by a male deliverer through a woman in Gen. 3:15.

2. It relates to Micah's contemporary, Isaiah, who several years earlier mentioned a special birth (cf. Isa. 7:14; 9:6; 11:1-16).

3. It goes back to 4:9-10, which uses the same metaphor for Jerusalem.

4. It relates to the Messianic community (i.e., the faithful remnant), as in Revelation 12, bringing forth the Messiah.

The whole point of v. 3 is that God has allowed a limited judgment to overwhelm His faithless covenant people in order to gloriously restore them!

"Then the remainder of His brethren

 Will return to the sons of Israel" This may refer to one or two groups: (1) "the remnant" and (2) "the sons of Israel" (cf. Isa. 10:20-27). Historically this would refer to the Jews taken into exile reuniting with those Jews who remained in the Promised Land, but eschatologically it refers to "all Israel" (cf. Rom. 9-11, esp. 9:6). The Expositor's Bible Commentary, vol. 7, p. 428, says it refers to "brothers" of the coming ruler (cf. v. 2). As always, poetic prophecy is brief, ambiguous, and difficult to interpret. It is almost impossible to interpret without (1) a specific historical setting; (2) a literary context; and (3) OT or NT parallel passages.

See D. Brent Sandy, Plowshares and Pruning Hooks: Rethinking the Language of Biblical Prophecy and Apocalyptic (this has been a very helpful book for me in interpreting prophecy).

▣ "return" There is a play on the word shub (BDB 996, KB 1427, Qal IMPERFECT), which denotes

1. a literal physical returning (from exile)

2. a spiritual repentance (from idolatry and rebellion)

This alludes to 2:12-13 and 4:6-8.

5:4 This is a description of the characteristics of the Messianic reign (cf. Isa. 9:6-7; 11:1-5,6-9,11-16):

1. He will stand (i.e., endure or remain, e.g., Ps. 102:26; 111:3,10; 112:3,9; Eccl. 1:4; Isa. 14:26; 66:22; Hag. 2:5)

2. He will shepherd His people (David was a shepherd, YHWH is described by him in these terms in Ps. 23)

3. He will come in the strength of the Lord

4. He will come in the majesty of the name of the Lord, his God

5. He will be great

6. He will reign to the ends of the earth (BDB 75 e.g., Ps. 2:8; 22:27-28; 59:13; 72:8)

7. In v. 5, line 1 (which should go with v. 4) He will reign in peace (cf. v. 4, line 4)

Notice how 5:4 describes the same time period as 4:1-4.

5:5a "And this One will be our peace" Peace is the Hebrew word shalom (BDB 1022). It speaks of wholeness. The Jews use it for a greeting and a farewell. Its eschatological use here is possibly a contrast to the contemporary false prophets' message of peace (cf. 3:5 and 5:5, line 2, v. 6).

This verse is speaking of a ruler who will bring peace (cf. v. 4) and will himself be called peace (cf. Isa. 9:6; Eph. 2:14.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:5:5b-9
 5bWhen the Assyrian invades our land,
 When he tramples on our citadels,
 Then we will raise against him
 Seven shepherds and eight leaders of men.
 6And they will shepherd the land of Assyria with the sword,
 The land of Nimrod at its entrances;
 And He will deliver us from the Assyrian
 When he attacks our land
 And when he tramples our territory.
 7Then the remnant of Jacob
 Will be among many peoples
 Like dew from the Lord,
 Like showers on vegetation
 Which do not wait for man
 Or delay for the sons of men.
 8And the remnant of Jacob
 Will be among the nations,
 Among many peoples
 Like a lion among the beasts of the forest,
 Like a young lion among flocks of sheep,
 Which, if he passes through,
 Tramples down and tears,
 And there is none to rescue.
 9Your hand will be lifted up against your adversaries,
 And all your enemies will be cut off.

5:5 line 2-v. 9 Assyria was God's chosen instrument to punish Israel (cf. Isa. 10:5). God's covenant people had gone so far into Ba'al worship they did not know YHWH (cf. Hosea 11:1-4). God breaks His covenant so He can reestablish it! Assyria is a limited judgment (cf. v. 3).

The time frame for this paragraph is uncertain. Assyria may be a way of referring to all godly anti-YHWH nations (cf. Zech. 10:10-11), which would be similar to the name Babylon (used in the book of Revelation).

5:5 "Then we will raise against him

 Seven shepherds and eight leaders of men" Number sequences are common in Ugaritic and OT literature (e.g., Prov. 6:16; 30:15,18,21,29; Amos 1:3,6,9,11,13; 2:1,4,6, and another example is in Ecclesiasticus 11:25). The emphasis is on the adequate number of godly leaders to accomplish YHWH's will who will be available in that day. Assyria will be judged by YHWH in the end (cf. Isa. 10:24-27).

There is the question of why does the text have "we will raise" (BDB 877, KB 1086, Hiphil PERFECT). Does this imply that scattered Israel will be the source of God's deliverance or is it a way of referring to God's actions (cf.v. 3 line 1) or His Messiah (cf. v. 3 line 3; vv. 4-5 line 1)? This same tension is seen when comparing, "we will raise," v. 5 line 4 and "they will shepherd," v. 6 line 1 vs. "he will deliver" (BDB 664, KB 717, Hiphil PERFECT). v. 6 line 3.

The ambiguity of this text and the lack of any historical basis for Jewish soldiers conquering Assyria cause many (and rightly so) to

1. make Assyria stand for any world power who is against God's people

2. the conqueror is not "they" but "he" (the ideal ruler of vv. 2-5a) will subdue all end-time opposition (similar to Ps. 2 or Ezek. 38-39 or Dan. 11:36-45).

 

5:6 "Nimrod" This name (BDB 650) relates to the founding of Babel (i.e., Babylon) and Nineveh (i.e., Assyria in Gen. 10:8-12). Nimrod is called a mighty hunter who established the first kingdom of Mesopotamia ("the land between the Rivers," i.e., the Tigris and Euphrates). Therefore, these two terms, Assyria and Nimrod, are (1) simply synonyms or (2) it refers to neo-Babylon under Nebopolassar and Nebuchadnezzar.

"He will deliver us from the Assyrian when he attacks our land" This is not what happened in history! Therefore, is this

1. a future reference to Cyrus (i.e., 539 b.c. Babylon falls, cf. Isa. 44-45)

2. a reference to the eschatological future (i.e., Messianic period)

3. a reference to the message of the contemporary false prophets (more probable)

 

5:7-9 Quite often in Micah (and other prophets) there has been the promise that God would bring His remnant (see Special Topic at 2:12) back to Jerusalem. See also Special Topic: OT Predictions of the Future vs. NT Predictions of the Future at 4:7. However, in this context, God will scatter the remnant of faithful believers throughout the earth that they might be a blessing (i.e., "dew from the Lord"), v. 7, and a champion for justice and godliness, v. 8. If this is accurate then YHWH is using the exiles to scatter His people (i.e., the purpose of Genesis, "be fruitful and multiply," which fallen mankind refused, cf. Gen. 10-11). His scattered people are His witnesses to all the nations, which fulfills Gen. 12:2-3; 22:18; 26:4; Acts 3:25; Gal. 3:8!

However, I must admit that it is possible to see both phrases (i.e., vv. 7-8) relating to judgment (cf. v. 9; II Sam. 17:12). There is much discussion as to whom this verse refers. Some see it as scattered Israel, some see it as the end-time people of God (cf. Romans 9-11; 2:28-29; Galatians 3).

It is just possible that this entire context (i.e., 5b-9) reflects the false hopes and predictions of the false prophets (cf. 3:5). Micah is characterized by radical switching from judgment to redemption. If so, then 5:1-5a is the true prophet's prediction, while 5:5b-9 relates to false hope of the false prophets!

SPECIAL TOPIC: YHWH's ETERNAL REDEMPTIVE PLAN

5:7 "dew" "Dew" in the OT has several meanings:

1. God's blessing, Gen. 27:28; Num. 11:9; Deut. 33:13,28; Prov. 19:12; Hosea 14:5; Zech. 8:12

2. lack of it was a divine curse, II Sam. 1:21; I Kgs. 17:1; Hag. 1:10

3. it evaporated quickly in the sunlight, so it was a metaphor for transient things, Exod. 16:13-14; Isa. 18:4; Hosea 6:4; 13:3 (similar to mist, vapor, smoke) 

4. a metaphor for life or youth, Isa. 26:19

5. a metaphor of pervasiveness, II Sam. 17:12

(see Dictionary of Biblical Imagery, pp. 206-207)

NASB"wait for"
NKJV"tarry"
NRSV"depend upon"
TEV-----
NJB"depend on"

This VERB (BDB 875 I, KB 1082, Piel IMPERFECT) in the Piel form has three basic meanings:

1. look eagerly for, Job 3:9; 6:19; Isa. 5:2,4,7; 59:9,11; Jer. 8:15; 13:16; 14:19,22; Hosea 12:6

2. lie in wait for, Ps. 56:6; 119:95

3. wait (linger) for, Micah 5:7

Humans wait patiently for moisture because they can do nothing to provide it. It must come "from the Lord."

NASB"delay"
NKJV, NRSV"wait for"
TEV-----
NJB-----

This VERB (BDB 403, KB 407, Piel IMPERFECT) in Piel form has two meanings:

1. wait for, Micah 5:7

2. hope for, Micah 7:7

Humans know that there is that part of life (i.e., spiritual vitality) which they cannot produce, manufacture, or implement themselves!

▣ It is obvious that vv. 7 and 8 are parallel in structure. The interpretive issue is, are they parallel in emphasis? Verse 7 seems to be a positive emphasis, but v. 8 seems negative (cf. v. 9).

They may be another example of antithetical parallelism (e.g., Prov. 19:12 uses both "lion" and "dew"). Dispersed Israel will be both a blessing and a curse. God will bring truth to the nations through them, but also judgment. Light brings responsibility (cf. Luke 12:48).

"lion" Lion is a common metaphor for strength and power in the ancient Near East. See Special Topic: Lions in the OT at Hosea 5:14.

"there is none to rescue" This is an idiom of divine power (cf. Deut. 32:39; Job 10:7; Ps. 50:22; Hosea 5:14 and related phrases in Job 9:12; 23:13; and Isa. 42:44).

5:9 This strophe in verses 7-9 is so ambiguous that several theories have been put forth by translators and commentators. Verse 9 may be a clear summary of verses 7-8, addressed directly to the conquering eschatological remnant.

 The term "cut off" (BDB 503, KB 500, Niphal IMPERFECT, possibly in JUSSIVE sense) seems to foreshadow vv. 10,11,12,13, which is an obvious judgment context related to Canaanite society which trusted in

1. its military

2. its fortifications

3. its religious practices and idols

This false hope and false worship affected many nations in and around Canaan (cf. Gen. 15:16), including Israel and Judah.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:10-15
 10"And it will be in that day," declares the Lord,
 "That I will cut off your horses from among you
 And destroy your chariots.
 11I will also cut off the cities of your land
 And tear down all your fortifications.
 12I will cut off sorceries from your hand,
 And you will have fortunetellers no more.
 13I will cut off your carved images
 And your sacred pillars from among you,
 So that you will no longer bow down
 To the work of your hands.
 14I will root out your Asherim from among you
 And destroy your cities.
 15And I will execute vengeance in anger and wrath
 On the nations which have not obeyed"

5:10-15 God's people were trusting not in God, but (1) in their military might, v. 10; (2) in their fortifications, v. 11; (3) their sorceries, v. 12; and (4) their idolatry, vv. 13-14 (e.g., Isa. 2:8). YHWH must stop this by asserting His power and will. This repeated use of "I" reminds me of Ezek. 36:22-38 (description of the New Covenant).

5:10 "in that day" This is a reference to God's judgment day (cf. 4:1, 6).

NASB, NKJV"cut off"
NRSV"destroy"
TEV"take away"
NJB"tear.. .tear away"

The VERB (BDB 503, KB 500, Hiphil PERFECT) in the Hiphil form is a common metaphor ("cut off") for a complete destruction and removal (e.g., vv. 9,10,11,12,13; Isa. 9:14; 10:7; 14:22; Amos 1:5,8; 2:3; Zech. 9:10).

▣ "your horses" God's people (i.e., kings), against the direct commands from God (cf. Deut. 17:16), went to Egypt to multiply their military power (i.e., chariots). This need not be literal, but stands for military power in every age!

"chariots" Chariots were the ultimate weapon of that day. They seem to have been introduced into this area (originally from Hyksos in Egypt) by the Phoenicians or Philistines who plated them with iron and made them the most formidable weapon available.

5:11 "And tear down all your fortifications" We know from Assyrian documents that in 701 b.c. Sennacherib captured forty six walled cities of Judah (cf. v. 14b).

5:12 "sorceries. . .fortune tellers" Verses 12-14 refer to the activity of sorcerers (BDB 506, attempting to know and control the future) among the people of God. They are condemned in Lev. 19:26 and Deut. 18:9-22. Many were brought into Israel by Jezebel (cf. II Kgs. 9:22).

5:13 "carved images. . .sacred pillars. . .the work of your hands" These refer to various idols which the people of God were worshiping (cf. Gen. 28:18,22; Deut. 16:22).

5:14

NASB"Asherim"
NKJV"wooden images"
NRSV, NJB"sacred poles"
TEV"the images of the goddess Asherah"

This refers to some type of wooden pole (BDB 81, i.e., carved stake or live tree representing the tree of life) positioned next to the uplifted rock on Ba'al platforms (i.e., heights). It represented the female fertility god of Canaan (e.g., Deut. 7:5; 12:3; 16:21; Jdgs. 3:7; 6:25,26; I Kgs. 14:23; II Kgs. 18:4; II Chr. 31:1), while the sacred pillars of v. 13 refer to the male fertility god (i.e., Ba'al). These foreign fertility gods and goddesses were introduced from Phoenicia (Jezebel) and were very popular among the people of God (cf I Kgs. 18-19).

NASB, NKJV,
TEV, NJB"your cities"
NRSV"your towns"

Some scholars speculate that since "cities" were referred to earlier (i.e., v. 11, BDB 746) that the same root here should be paralleled to "Asherim" of v. 14 line 1. To do so they have speculated a Ugaritic root or possibly an Arabic root (cf. REB, "blood-spattered altars"). The Jewish Study Bible's footnote and the NET Bible suggest an emendation which yields "idols."

5:15 "I will execute vengeance in anger and wrath" The terms (plus PREPOSITION "in") "anger" (BDB 60 I) and "wrath" (BDB 404) are hendiays which intensify the meaning (i.e., in great wrath).

Another option is to see v. 15 as a separate thought. YHWH will purify and restore His covenant exiled people, but for those of the nations that do not respond (cf. v. 7) He will destroy all idolaters.

▣ "On the nations which have not obeyed" The VERB (BDB 1033, KB 1570,Qal PERFECT) means to hear so as to obey. See note at 4:1. The same term, but in an IMPERATIVE form, is repeated in 6:1.

The nations who heard of YHWH from the scattered, exiled covenant people must respond to the truth they have heard (cf. v. 7).

This seems to be completely out of context with the previous passage, however, it does emphasize the truth that God does not play favorites with nations, even Israel and Judah. He is God of all the earth, but only the covenant people had His true word through His true prophets.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Why is it so important that Micah, who lived 750 years before the birth of Jesus, was able to pinpoint the exact location of His birth?

2. Why are vv. 7-9 so unusual in the context of 8th century prophets?

3. How is our country so like Israel in connection with vv. 10-14?

4. How do you explain the similarity of Isaiah 2:6-8 with Micah 5:10-14?

 

Micah 6

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
God Pleads with Israel A Series of Laments, Threats, and Denunciations Directed Against All Classes of Israelites The LORD's Case Against Israel Yahweh's Case Against Israel
  (6:1-7:7)    
6:1-2 6:1-2 6:1 6:1-5
    6:2  
6:3-5 6:3-5 6:3-5  
    What the Lord Requires  
6:6-7 6:6-8 6:6-8 6:6-8
6:8      
Punishment of Israel's Injustice     Against Tricksters in the City
6:9-12 6:9-16 6:9-16 6:9-15
6:13-16     The Example of Samaria
      6:16

READING CYCLE THREE (see "Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the four translations above. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

BRIEF OUTLINE OF CHAPTER 6

A. YHWH brings His people to court in vv. 1-5. He documents His faithfulness to them in vv. 3-5. This is a common literary device in the prophets (e.g., Isa. 1; Jer. 2: Hosea 4).

 

B. The people answer God's charges in vv. 6-7.

 

C. The Prophet speaking for YHWH summarizes His will for His people in v. 8

 

D. The prophet speaking for YHWH delineates the sins of the rich and powerful of Israel in vv. 9-16. Because of them the covenant curses of Lev. 26 and Deut. 28 are now invoked (e.g., Rev. 26:26; Deut. 28:15,18,40,51).

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:6:1-5
 1Hear now what the Lord is saying,
 "Arise, plead your case before the mountains,
 And let the hill hear your voice.
 2Listen, you mountains, to the indictment of the Lord,
 And you enduring foundations of the earth,
 Because the Lord has a case against His people;
 Even with Israel He will dispute.
 3My people, what have I done to you
 And how have I wearied you? Answer Me.
  4Indeed, I brought you up from the land of Egypt
 And ransomed you up from the house of slavery,
 And I sent before you Moses, Aaron, and Miriam.
 5My people, remember now
 What Balak king of Moab counseled
 And what Balaam son of Beor answered him,
  And from Shittim to Gilgal,
 In order that you might know the righteous acts of the Lord."

6:1-2 "Hear" There are several IMPERATIVES in vv. 1-2:

1. "Hear" (BDB 1033, KB 1570, i.e., in the sense of a prayer petition) - Qal IMPERATIVE

2. "Arise" (BDB 877, KB 1086) - Qal IMPERATIVE

3. "Plead your case" (DBD 936, KB 1224) - Qal IMPERATIVE

4. "Hear" (BDB 1033, KB 1570) - Qal IMPERATIVE used in a JUSSIVE sense

5. "Listen" (BDB 1033, KB 1570) - Qal IMPERATIVE

"Hear" is a way for Micah to start a new section (cf. 1:1; 3:1; 6:1). The second IMPERATIVE "arise" is MASCULINE SINGULAR. It could refer to Micah as God's spokesman or collectively to the nation. Option #1 fits best.

This chapter is a court scene, like chapter 1. Notice the number of terms with a legal connotation:

1. "Arise" (i.e., to testify, e.g., Deut. 19:15-16 and false witnesses in Ps. 27:12; 35:11), v. 1

2. "Plead" (i.e., to contend in court; negatively, e.g., Isa. 1:17; 3:13; 97:16; positively 7:9; Ps. 103:8-14, esp. 9; Jer. 50:34)

3. "Hear" (i.e., in the sense of a jury or judge, e.g., 1:2)

4. "Listen" (same word as #3)

5. "Indictment" (same word as #2)

6. "A case" (same word as #3 and #5)

7. "Dispute" (BDB 406, KB 410, Hithpael IMPERFECT, i.e., adjudication of a judge, e.g., Isa. 2:4; Micah 4:3)

YHWH is divorcing His covenant people because of their repeated unfaithfulness (Hosea) and sin (Amos). This court scene may continue through chapter 7.

▣ "before the mountains. . .hills" In the OT it takes two witnesses to confirm truth (cf. Num. 35:30; Deut. 17:6; 19:5). YHWH calls "the mountains" and "hills" to witness against Israel and Judah as He does "heaven and earth" (cf. Deut. 4:26; 31:28; 32:l; Ps. 50:4 and Isa. 1:2). Several times in the OT mountains are personified (e.g., II Sam. 1:21; Ps. 68:15-16; Isa. 35:1). These were the very places (i.e., "high places") Ba'al and Asherah were worshiped.

6:2 This verse is legal metaphor. YHWH turns from addressing His collective people, Judah, to address the permanent, foundational, personified witnesses, the mountains and hills.

▣ "His people" Privilege (covenant people, cf. v. 3; Rom. 9:4-5) brings responsibility!

▣ "Even with Israel He will dispute" This does not refer to the Northern Ten Tribes (i.e., Israel) only (cf. v. 16), but here to all of the tribes, the descendants of Jacob (Israel).

6:3-5 YHWH asks His people why, when He has been faithful, they have continued to be rebellious. YHWH is using a covenant treaty pattern (i.e., Hittite Suzerein Treaties of the second millennium, which also form the outline of the book of Deuteronomy and Joshua 24) to recall His faithful acts.

6:3 "what have I done to you" YHWh asks them to bring their complaints or charges against Him (cf. Jer. 2:5). Where, when, how has He not been faithful to His covenant responsibilities?

▣ "Answer Me" This is a legal term (BDB 772, KB 851, Qal IMPERATIVE), which means "to give evidence against" (cf. Exod. 20:16; Deut. 5:20; II Sam. 1:16). YHWH is acting as one party in a divorce case.

6:4 "I brought you up. . .Egypt" This refers to YHWH's promise to Abraham in Gen. 15:6 and relates to the events of the exodus. The exodus is the foundational act in the history of national Israel (cf. Exod. 20:2; Deut. 5:6; 7:8). This event clearly showed YHWH's faithful commitment to His covenant responsibilities (e.g., Amos 2:10; 3:1; 9:7). God's grace came before the Mosaic law.

▣ "ransomed" This word literally means "to buy back" (BDB 804, KB 911, Qal PERFECT). It was used in the sense of buying someone back from slavery or a prisoner of war. See Special Topic:Ransom/Redeem at Hos.7:13.

"I sent before you Moses, Aaron, and Miriam" God had provided the needed revelations and godly leadership, but His people had rebelled, even during the exodus. God's people have a track record of rebellion (cf. Stephen's sermon in Acts 7).

Notice Miriam is mentioned in a parallel way to Moses and Aaron.

SPECIAL TOPIC: WOMEN IN THE BIBLE

6:5 "remember now" This (BDB 269, KB 269) is a Qal IMPERATIVE. YHWH wants His covenant people to remember an earlier time of testing and revelation (i.e., Num. 22:5-6).

▣ "Balak. . .Balaam" This event is recorded in Numbers 22-25.

▣ "Shittim" This was the last camping site of Israel before entering the Promised Land. It is also the scene of the sin of Israel with Moabite women (i.e., fertility worship, cf. Num. 33:49 and Josh. 3:1).

▣ "Gilgal" This was the first camping site within the Promised Land (cf. Joshua 4:19). Even in the midst of their sin and rebellion at Shittim, God forgave them and brought them safely through the raging, flooding Jordan into the Promised Land.

 Taken together the mentioning of these two locations would imply the miraculous crossing of the Jordan River during its flooding season.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:6:6-8
 6With what shall I come to the Lord
 And bow myself before the God on high?
 Shall I come to Him with burnt offerings,
 With yearling calves?
 7Does the Lord take delight in thousands of rams,
 In ten thousand rivers of oil?
 Shall I present my first-born for my rebellious acts,
 The fruit of my body for the sin of my soul?
 8He has told you, O man, what is good;
 And what does the Lord require of you
 But to do justice, to love kindness,
 And to walk humbly with your God?

6:6-7 In verses 6-7 the literary form of diatribe (i.e., a supposed objector) is used. The prophet uses a supposed collective person to voice the false views which were commonly held by the people of Judah. They thought God was being unfair to them and that He only wanted more sacrifices.

6:6

NASB"the God on high"
NKJV"the High God"
NRSV"God on high"
TEV"the God of heaven"
NJB"God All-high"

This (BDB 43, CONSTRUCT BDB 928) is metaphorical for the Most High God or exalted God (cf. Ps. 99:2; 113:4; 38:6; Isa. 57:15).

▣ "yearling calves" These were unblemished calves used for sacrifice from the age of eight days to one year (cf. Lev. 9:3 and 22:27).

6:7 "in thousands of rams. . .rivers of oil" The people are (1) charging God of being unreasonable in His requirements. However, God never asked for these things. They reflect pagan worship practices. Or (2) on some national occasions large numbers of sacrifices are given (i.e., dedication of Solomon's temple, e.g., I Kgs. 8:63). Could this representative speaker be talking of an event of national repentance (i.e., ritual sacrifice)?

"first-born. . .fruit of my body" Is this a purposeful distortion (i.e., hyperbole) or a sincere misunderstanding of Genesis 22 or Exod. 13:2-12? There are several places in the Mosaic Law where human sacrifice is condemned (cf. Lev. 18:21; 20:2-5; Deut. 12:31; 18:10; Ps. 106:37; Jer. 7:31).

It is possible that God's people had become so spiritually confused that they attempted to worship YHWH in the form of Molech, the fertility fire god of Ammon (cf. Lev. 18:21; 20:2-5; I Kgs. 11:7; II Kgs. 3:27; 16:3; 17:17; 21:6; 23:10; Jer. 32:35; Amos 5:26; Acts 7:43).

God's people attempted to save the nation by offering an innocent one ("child"). In some way they had logically extended the sacrificial system (cf. Leviticus 1-7) in an inappropriate direction. However, it is this same concept that is behind Genesis 22 and Calvary (cf. Mark 10:45; II Cor. 5:21).

6:8 "He has told you" The VERB (BDB 616, KB 665) is a Hiphil PERFECT and may reflect v. 4. God had provided a revelation of His character and will (esp. as it related to sacrifice, cf. I Sam. 15:22; Ps. 51:16-17; Isa. 1:11-17; Hosea 6:5-6). This verse seems to reflect the comment of Micah.

"O, man" This VOCATIVE is addressing the idolatrous covenant people of Judah. This verse is not addressing how Gentiles might be saved (i.e., works righteousness), but how covenant people must live in grateful response to God's forgiveness (which in the OT was symbolized as the sacrifice of an innocent animal cf. John 1:29; II Cor. 5:21). For a good brief discussion of this topic see Hard Sayings of the Bible, pp. 336-337.

▣ "what is good" This verse is the most famous saying of Micah. It refers to the priority of loving, interpersonal relationships on a high level of care and love (cf. Ps. 14:1,3; 37:3; 51:17; Hosea 12:6 and described in Ps. 15:2-5), not cultic performance (i.e., sacrifice) only (cf. Isa. 1:13; Amos 5:21-23). This verse is a wonderful definition of what is good (BDB 373 II) in God's eyes (cf. 3:2; Isa. 1:17; 5:20; Amos 5:14-15).

▣ "require" This VERB (BDB 205, KB 233) is a Qal ACTIVE PARTICIPLE, which represents continuous action. The term means "to demand" or "ask for" (e.g., Deut. 18:19; 23:21).

▣ "justice" In this context "justice" (BDB 1048) refers to social fairness, which is discussed in vv. 9-11. The OT knows no distinction between the secular and the sacred! All of life is sacred! See note at 3:1.

There is a series of three Qal INFINITIVE CONSTRUCTs:

1. "Do justice" (BDB 793, KB 889)

2. "Love kindness" (BDB 12, KB 17)

3. "Walk humbly" (BDB 229, KB 246)

The word "humbly" (BDB 857, KB 1039) is an INFINITIVE ABSOLUTE.

Biblical faith affects every aspect of daily life. Faith is a lifestyle, not just a theology or creed. The divine covenant gift of eternal life (i.e., the restoration of the image and likeness of God lost in the fall) has observable characteristics (both in relation to God and other humans). This verse is one of the best in the OT describing these characteristics.

▣ "love kindness" This is the powerful covenant word hesed (BDB 338). It refers to God's covenant loyalty. It reflects God's sacrificial, no-strings-attached, love. I think this term, in many ways, is analogous in meaning to the NT agape. See Special Topic: Hesed at Hosea 2:19.

"walk humbly" This is an acknowledgment of human need (i.e., possible meaning of this rare word "humble," BDB 557, cf. Prov. 11:2) and God's provision (Mosaic covenant requirements). Ritual without the proper attitude (cf. Isa. 29:13 vs. 57:15 and 66:2d) is an abomination (cf. I Sam. 15:22; Matt. 23:23). "Walk" in the Bible is (1) a metaphor of identification with someone (e.g., Gen. 5:24; 6:9; Job 34:8; Ps. 1:1; Mal. 2:6) and/or (2) a metaphor for daily living (cf. Eph. 4:1,17; 5:2,15). Biblical faith is daily, not weekly or annually, personal relationship directed toward God and other human beings!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:6:9-16
 9The voice of the Lord will call to the city—
 And it is sound wisdom to fear Your name:
 "Hear, O tribe. Who has appointed its time?
 10Is there yet a man in the wicked house,
  Along with treasures of wickedness,
 And a short measure that is cursed?
 11Can I justify wicked scales
 And a bag of deceptive weights?
 12For the rich men of the city are full of violence,
 Her residents speak lies,
 And their tongue is deceitful in their mouth.
 13So also I will make you sick, striking you down,
 Desolating you because of your sins.
 14You will eat, but you will not be satisfied,
 And your vileness will be in your midst.
 You will try to remove for safekeeping,
 But you will not preserve anything.
 And what you do preserve I will give to the sword.
 15You will sow but you will not reap.
 You will tread the olive but will not anoint yourself with oil;
 And the grapes, but you will not drink wine.
 16The statutes of Omri
 And all the works of the house of Ahab are observed;
 And in their devices you walk.
 Therefore, I will give you up for destruction
 And your inhabitants for derision,
 And you will bear the reproach of My people."

6:9 "The voice of the Lord" The message begins in line 3 and continues to v. 16. This word "voice" (BDB 876) is used several times for God speaking (cf. Exod. 19:19; I Kgs. 19:13; Isa. 6:8; Ezek. 10:5). The NJB has "He thunders to the city," which alludes to Exod. 19:13,16.

▣ "the city" This refers to Jerusalem, the special place where YHWH caused His name to dwell (cf. Deut. 12:5,11), the location of the temple.

▣ "it is sound wisdom to fear Your name" The phrase is a comment from Micah or a later editorial addition (omitted in JB and NJB). It was a wisdom saying. The NRSV puts it in brackets.

The Hebrew term (BDB 444) translated "sound wisdom" is a technical term used in wisdom literature (cf. Job 11:6; 12:16; 26:3; Prov. 2:7; 3:21; 8:14; 18:1; Isa. 28:29).

The term "fear" is an emendation from the Hebrew "to see" (BDB 906, cf. NKJV) following the Septuagint (BDB 431), which fits the context better and is found in NASB, RSV, NRSV, TEV, NEB, REB, NIV.

The word "name" stands for the person of God (BDB 1027, cf. Gen. 4:26; 12:8; 13:4; 21:33; Acts 7:59; 9:14,21; 22:16; Rom. 10:9-13; I Cor. 1:2; II Tim. 2:22).

▣ "Hear" This (BDB 1033, KB 1570) is a Qal IMPERATIVE. The NKJV has "Hear the Rod!"; NIV has "Heed the rod."

▣ "O tribe" This follows the Septuagint. The Masoretic Text has "rod" (BDB 641, i.e., "shepherd's staff," cf. Exod. 4:17; Isa. 10:5). The Hebrew root can mean (1) rod; (2) staff; (3) branch; or (4) tribe. God addresses His people's social exploitations of the poor and needy covenantal brothers and sisters (cf. v. 12).

NASB"Who has appointed its time"
NKJV"Who has appointed it"
NRSV". . .an assembly of the city"
TEV"you people who have assembled in the city"
NJB". . .of assembled citizens"

The NASB and NKJV follow the Hebrew text while the NRS, TEV, and NJB choose an emendation (not in the LXX).

If the MT is followed it speaks of God's sovereign establishment of Jerusalem and His judgment of it!

6:10

NASB"Is there yet a man in the wicked house"
NKJV"Are there yet the treasures of wickedness"
NRSV"Can I forget the treasures of wickedness"
TEV"In the houses of evil people and treasures"
NJB"Can I overlook the false measure"

The first word in the MT is uncertain:

1. are there (MT, NKJV)

2. can I forget (NRSV)

3. can I bear (NJB)

The context of false scales (i.e., vv. 10-11) seems to demand revocalization (change of the vowels but not consonants) of the Masoretic Text to the commercial metaphor (cf. v. 11). The MT is in the form of a question which expects a "yes" answer.

6:10-11 "short measure. . .wicked scales. . .deceptive weights" The MT of v. 11 is in the form of a question, but expects a "no" answer. These are examples of commercial cheating (cf. Hosea 12:7; Amos 8:5). For a full discussion of Hebrew weights and measures see the Special Topic at Amos 8:5.

6:12 "the rich" Micah's message to the privileged, powerful, influential, and wealthy covenant citizens is very similar to that of Amos'. Notice how line 2 and line 3 are parallel. All three lines are a summary of vv. 9-10 and the opposite of v. 8.

6:13-15 God will judge the people of Jerusalem by siege and exile. All their ill-gotten gains will be enjoyed by others. Notice the reason for these actions is not the weakness of YHWH in protecting His people from foreign gods, but their sin (cf. vv. 13b,16)!

6:13

NASB, NKJV"I will make you sick"
NRSV, TEV,
NJB"I have begun to strike you down"

The NASB and NKJV follow the MT; the others follow the Septuagint, Peshitta, and Vulgate.

▣ "Desolating you" This term (BDB 1030, KB 1563, Hiphil INFINITIVE ABSOLUTE) is found in many Akkadian medical texts translated "paralyze," "numb" and "lame." Therefore, the first two lines of poetry in v. 13 have a medical metaphor related to sinning covenant people.

6:14

NASB"your vileness will be in your midst"
NKJV"hunger shall be in your midst"
NRSV"there shall be a gnawing hunger within you"
TEV"you will still be hungry"
NJB--------

The problem is the term "vileness" or empty (i.e., hunger, BDB 445). Its meaning is uncertain. KB (446) has "to be dirty." The Peshitta translates it as "filth" (i.e., dysentery). It is also uncertain if it refers to (1) an individual or (2) the sinful society.

NASB"You will try to remove for safekeeping"
NKJV"You may carry some away"
NRSV"you shall put away"
TEV"you will carry things off"
NJB"you will store up"

The VERB "remove" (BDB 690 I, KB 744, Hiphil [this form is used everywhere also in the OT of moving a boundary stone] JUSSIVE) is understood to be an attempt to hide possessions or valuables for safe keeping, but it will not be effective!

The next line of poetry uses the VERB "preserve" or "save" (BDB 812), which was used in Isa. 5:29 of a lioness licking her food to preserve it. The NKJV seems to follow this scavenger metaphor, as does the NET Bible.

6:15 "sow but. . .not reap" This is part of the curse for breaking the covenant (cf. Deut. 28:30 ff).

▣ "will not anoint yourself with oil" Olive oil had many purposes in the ancient Near East. One of them was to rub on the skin in preparation of a social event. It was a symbol of happiness and joy. The lack of oil was seen as a divine judgment (cf. Deut. 28:40).

NASB, NRSV,
NJB"grapes
NKJV"sweet wine"
TEV"wine"

This is the Hebrew term for "new wine" (BDB 440). See Special Topic at Amos 6:6.

6:16 "Omri" This was a politically effective king (cf. I Kgs. 16:21-28, for dates of reign see Appendix). His name became the common name for the Northern Ten Tribes in the Assyrian records (i.e., House of Omri). This title became a symbol for their godless living. It characterized Judah (e.g., II Kgs. 17:19,22)!

▣ "Ahab" This is Omri's son who married Jezebel, who brought numerous prophets of Ba'al and Asherah into Samarian society (cf. I Kgs. 16:29-34; 18; 21:25, for dates of reign see Appendix).

NASB"derision"
NKJV, NRSV"hissing"
TEV"despise"
NJB"a laughing-stock"

This is the Hebrew word "hissing" (BDB 1056), which was a cultural way of showing disgust and rejection (cf. II Chr. 29:8; Jer. 19:8; 25:9,18; 29:18; 51:37).

NASB, NKJV"you will bear the reproach of My people"
NRSV"so you shall bear the scorn of my people"
TEV"People everywhere will treat you with contempt"
NJB"hence you will endure the scorn of other peoples"

The different translation options are based on:

1. The MT - NASB, NKJV, NRSV

2. The Septuagint - TEV, NJB

 

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Why did God bring His people to court?

2. Why are vv. 6-7 so upsetting?

3. Is God concerned with our business life?

 

Micah 7

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Sorrow for Israel's Sins A Series of Laments, Threats, and Denunciations Directed Against All Classes of Israelites Israel's Normal Corruption Universal Injustice
  (6:1-7:7)    
7:1-2 7:1-7 7:1-4a 7:1-6
7:3-4      
    7:4b-6  
7:5-7      
    7:7 7:7
Israel's Confession and Comfort God Will Show His Steadfast Love to Israel and Shame Will Cover Her Enemies The Lord Brings Salvation Zion Insulted by Enemies
7:8-10 7:8-10 7:8-10 7:8-10
      A Prophecy of Restoration
7:11-13 7:11-13 7:11-13 7:11-13
God Will Forgive Israel   The Lord's Compassion on Israel A Prayer for the Confusion of Zion's Enemies
7:14 7:14-17 7:14 7:14-17
7:15   7:15-17  
7:16-17     A Plea for God's Forgiveness
7:18a-c 7:18-20 7:18-20 7:18-20
7:18d-19b      
7:19c-20      

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

A. This chapter can be analyzed by who is speaking and who is spoken to.

 

B. The NIV Bible outlines the speakers as

1. Micah, vv. 1-7, 11-13, 16-20

2. Zion, vv. 8-10, 14

3. God, v. 15

 

C. It is difficult

1. to separate the prophet speaking and God speaking

2. because Hebrew poetry changes subjects often for literary effect

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:7:1-6
 1"Woe is me! For I am
 Like the fruit pickers and the grape gatherers.
 There is not a cluster of grapes to eat,
  Or a first-ripe fig which I crave.
 2The godly person has perished from the land,
 And there is no upright person among men.
 All of them lie in wait for bloodshed;
 Each of them hunts the other with a net.
  3Concerning evil, both hands do it well.
 The prince asks, also the judge, for a bribe,
 And a great man speaks the desire of his soul;
 So they weave it together.
 4The best of them is like a briar,
 The most upright like a thorn hedge.
 The day when you post a watchman,
 Your punishment will come.
 Then their confusion will occur.
 5Do not trust in a neighbor;
 Do not have confidence in a friend.
 From her who lies in your bosom
 Guard your lips.
 6For son treats father contemptuously,
 Daughter rises up against her mother,
 Daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law;
 A man's enemies are the men of his own household.

7:1 "Woe is me!" This is an individual lament (BDB 47). although at times it moves into the area of a corporate plea. This is a common literary technique of the Psalms (cf. Ps. 5,13,22,55,71).

It is uncertain who is speaking:

1. the prophet himself

2. the prophet as YHWH's spokesperson

3. the prophet on behalf of the godly remnant

 

NASB"I am like the fruit pickers"
NKJV"For I am like those who gather summer fruit"
NRSV"For I have become like one who, after the summer fruit has been gathered"
TEV"I am like a hungry person who finds no fruit left"
NJB"a harvester in summer time"

The NASB has left out the term "summer" (BDB 884) which denotes "heat." This gathering is not the initial harvest, but the last picking. YHWH waited and waited for fruit, but there was never a harvest!

▣ "Like the fruit-pickers and the grape gatherers" Micah craves righteousness (or a righteous people or righteous leadership, i.e., v. 3) as a hungry man craves food (cf. Matt. 5:6). The concept of righteousness as food is found throughout the Bible (cf. Amos 6:12; John 15:1-8; Phil. 1:11; Gal. 5:23).

The Jewish Publication Society of America (JPSOA) says v. 1 refers to Samaria. They search for food, but cannot find it (i.e., because of [1] the siege or [2] God's famine, cf. Deut. 27-28). The JPSOA continues this thought through v. 7.

However, I think this context relates to Jerusalem. In one sense they are too late (i.e., the harvest of their unrighteousness has occurred—exile) and in another sense they are too early (i.e., the promise of restoration in the future has not yet come).

▣ "first ripe fig, which I crave" These early figs were very sweet and sought after. They first appeared in June, although, the major harvest did not occur until August. Micah (as God's spokesman) is searching for righteousness as a man longs for these first figs.

7:2 "The godly person" This is the ADJECTIVE form of the covenant term, hesed (see Special Topic at Hos. 2:19), which means God's unconditional, no strings attached, covenant loyalty (e.g., v. 18; 6:8; 7:18; Jer. 5:1). It is parallel to "upright person." This is referring to a covenantly faithful person, of which there is none (e.g., Ps. 12:1; Isa. 57:1)!

▣ "All of them lie in wait for bloodshed" The VERB (BDB 79, KB 83) is a Qal IMPERFECT, which is often used in Joshua and Judges and is translated "ambush." This is a metaphor of hunting to describe the scheming violence of the elite of God's people (i.e., the greedy, wealthy, powerful leaders).

NASB"bloodshed"
NKJV, NRSV,
NJB"blood"
TEV"murder"

This term (BDB 196) is literally "blood." It is used often in the eighth century prophets (mostly Ezekiel, cf. Hosea 1:4; 4:2; 6:8; 12:14; Jonah 1:14; Micah 3:10) to describe violence and death.

"Each of them hunts the other with a net" They exploit each other at every opportunity. Their motto would be "more and more for me at any cost!" Persons made in God's image, covenant partners, have no value!

7:3 "Concerning evil, both hands do it well" This is another striking metaphor of ambidextrous evil. The VERB (BDB 405, KB 408, Hiphil INFINITIVE CONSTRUCT) means to do something well or thoroughly. Here a word normally used of doing something good is used of purposeful evil!

▣ "The prince asks, also the judge, for a bribe" The leaders were seeking rewards (i.e., bribe, cf. 3:11; Exod. 23:8; Deut. 10:17; 16:19; 27:25) instead of justice.

"And a great man speaks the desire of his soul;

 So they weave it together" This verse describes the corrupt judicial and political situation (cf. 3:1-12; Isa. 59:9-12; Jer. 8:8-12; 22; 23; 26:12-15). The wealthy man tells the judges and governmental officials what he wants and they find a way to get it for him, no matter what it takes. God's covenant people have become corrupt. They look and act just like all other fallen nations!

The VERB "weave" (BDB 721, KB 783, Piel IMPERFECT) is found only here. The related form is found in Joel 2:7 as "deviate" or "swerve." This term may be a play on the concept of sin as a deviation from God's standard (i.e., righteousness).

7:4 This seems to be sarcasm (cf. JPSOA translation), but it is possibly related to the idea that everything they tried to do to prepare for invasion did not work (cf. Isa. 22:5). There seems to be a change of subject in v. 4. The first two lines describe the ungodly mentioned in vv. 2-3. However, the next three lines may refer to (1) the prophets (watchmen, cf. Jer. 6:17; Ezek. 3:17; Hos. 9:8) or (2) Judah's preparations for siege.

"confusion" This term (BDB 100) is used to describe God's judgment (e.g., Isa. 22:5).

7:5-6 These verses show (1) the level of corruption that had occurred within the Judean society or (2) the stress caused by the siege. Everyone was out for personal gain (cf. vv. 2-3; Jer. 9:4; 12:6). There were no true friends (i.e., Prov. 17:17; 27:6,9).

This verse has two IMPERFECTS used as JUSSIVES and one IMPERATIVE:

1. "do not trust" - BDB 52, KB 63, Hiphil IMPERFECT used as a JUSSIVE

2. "do not have confidence" - BDB 105, KB 120, Qal IMPERFECT used as a JUSSIVE

3. "guard" - BDB 1036, KB 1581, Qal IMPERATIVE

 

7:6 "son treats father contemptuously" The VERB (BDB 614, KB 663, Piel PARTICIPLE) means "treat with contempt," "dishonor," or "scoff" (e.g., Deut. 32:15; Jer. 14:21; Nahum 3:6). This metaphor is also used in the NT in an eschatological sense (cf. Matt. 10:35-36; Mark 13:12; Luke 12:53). God knows how this feels (cf. 2:18).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:7:7-8
 7"But as for me, I will watch expectantly for the Lord;
 I will wait for the God of my salvation.
 My God will hear me.
 8Do not rejoice over me, O my enemy.
 Though I fall I will rise;
 Though I dwell in darkness, the Lord is a light for me.

7:7 "I will watch expectantly for the Lord" Notice the sharp contrast between v. 7 and vv. 1-6. The VERB (BDB 859, KB 1044, Piel IMPERFECT) is used in a COHORTATIVE sense. Patient trusting in God's actions is evidence of faith (e.g., Ps. 38:15; 39:7; 42:5; 130:5; Isa. 8:17; Lam. 3:25).

▣ "I will wait for the God of my salvation" Notice the personal element in the faith/salvation. The VERB (BDB 403, KB 407) is a Hiphil COHORTATIVE. These two (three) poetic lines are parallel and describe a faithful, trusting, covenant follower of YHWH.

▣ "My God will hear me" Micah has previously announced that YHWH will not hear and respond to the prayers of evil Israelites or Judeans (e.g., 3:4), but He will surely hear and respond to those who keep His covenant in faith (cf. 6:8).

7:8-13 The interpretive question is, "Does v. 8 go with v. 7 or start a new strophe?" Most English translations start a new thought at v. 8 (NKJV, NRSV, TEV, NJB, but not NASB).

It seems that vv. 8-10 may need to be separate from 11-13 because the last two verses reflect the will of YHWH for future restoration and universal influence.

7:8 "Do not rejoice over me" The VERB (BDB 403, KB 407) is a Hiphpael COHORTATIVE.

"O my enemy" The enemy here could be the invading nations, but in reality the enemy was the sin nature of the covenant people (all people). This reminds me of the prayer in Ps. 19:12-13.

"Though I fall I will rise" The VERB (BDB 877, KB 1086) is a Qal PERFECT. This could refer to individual restoration or the corporate restoration from the Exile (possibly purposeful ambiguity, cf. 4:13).

"Though I dwell in darkness" The VERB (BDB 442, KB 444, Qal IMPERFECT) means "to sit" or "to dwell."

Darkness is used often in the OT as the opposite of "light." This term can refer to an eschatological situation (e.g., Isa. 9:1; 29:18). The author feels cut off from YHWH because of the corporate sin and the resulting judgment. The worst aspect of judgment is the absence of God's personal presence!

▣ "the Lord is a light for me" This is a striking biblical metaphor for (1) truth versus falsehood; (2) healing and health versus rottenness and corruption; (3) moral goodness versus evil; or (4) joy versus gloom. Notice this verse personifies this Light as God (cf. Ps. 27:1; Isa. 60:20; I Tim. 6:16; I John 1:5). Knowing Him, obeying Him, serving Him forms believers' personal relationship with God (i.e., same personification is found in John 14:6).

In Isa. 9:2 people will see a great light and a light will shine on them. This Messianic light is Jesus (cf. John 8:12; 12:35-36,46). Verse 8 highlights God's presence with the faithful in times of distress, while v. 9 promises a future day of personal physical encounter.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:7:9-13
 9"I will bear the indignation of the Lord
 Because I have sinned against Him,
 Until He pleads my case and executes justice for me.
 He will bring me out to the light,
  And I will see His righteousness.
 10Then my enemy will see,
 And shame will cover her who said to me,
 'Where is the Lord your God?'
 My eyes will look on her;
 At that time she will be trampled down,
 Like mire of the streets.
 11It will be a day for building your walls.
 On that day will your boundary be extended.
 12It will be a day when they will come to you
 From Assyria and the cities of Egypt,
 From Egypt even to the Euphrates,
 Even from sea to sea and mountain to mountain.
 13And the earth will become desolate because of her inhabitants,
 On account of the fruit of their deeds.

7:9 "Because I have sinned against Him" Micah (like Moses, Isaiah, and Daniel) acts as a representative of the people. Personal disaster, as well as corporate disaster, is directly related to our individual and corporate rebellion against God (cf. Deuteronomy 27-28)! Many godly Judeans will suffer because of their rebellious society.

Again there is the fluidity between "I" (NASB) and "we" (TEV). This prophet is acknowledging the sin of his society (cf. Isa. 6). Sin is the problem, exile the result, but restoration is the sure hope and promise of God.

▣ "Until He pleads my case" This legal metaphor is also seen in 6:1-5. In different passages God acts as a prosecuting attorney (e.g., 6:2), a defense attorney (7:9), as well as judge.

"He will bring me out to the light" This is a play on God as light in v. 8 line 3. God is light and He brings truth to light. Several times in this context "see" is used (cf. 9 line 5, 10 line 3, 16 line 1, cf. Ps. 17:15; Matt. 5:8; Heb. 12:14; I John 3:2; Rev. 22:4).

"I will see His righteousness" God's character as Righteous Judge is seen in His judicial actions. God's character as Merciful Father is also seen in His forgiveness and restoration (i.e., forensic justification by grace through faith). He will make good His promises to the faithful remnant and to humanity! This is similar to Job's statement in Job 19:25-27. See SPECIAL TOPIC: RIGHTEOUSNESS at Hosea 2:19.

7:10 "Then my enemy will see" The VERB (BDB 906, KB 1157) is JUSSIVE in form, but IMPERFECT in meaning.

▣ "Where is the Lord your God" All ancient wars involved the national gods. The Jews were confused in their theology concerning YHWH's help on behalf of "the nations" who judged His people (cf. Habakkuk). YHWH used godless nations to bring His rebellious people back to Himself. Yet, He will also judge those nations (i.e., Assyria, Babylon) which He used. At first the Jews would have thought that the gods of these pagan nations were stronger than YHWH, but the reality was that it was their sin (cf. v. 9), not YHWH's impotence, that caused their demise. YHWH will vindicate His name (cf. Ezek. 36:22-38) by also judging the invading nations (cf. v. 13).

"she will be trampled down,
 Like mire of the streets"
The CONSTRUCT "mud of the streets" (BDB 376 and 299) is often used as a metaphor of defeat (e.g., II Sam. 22:43; Ps. 18:42; Zech. 10:5), as is "lick the dust" in v. 17 (cf. Isa. 49:23).

7:11 This verse seems to refer to the city of Jerusalem, however, the phrase for "building your walls" (BDB 124 and 154 CONSTRUCT) is not usually used for city walls (cf. Amos 9:11), but for boundary markers (e.g., Isa. 54:11). So, the capital may be a metaphor for all the people of God.

The "walls of the city" was a way of referring to its security. YHWH will restore His people's land and confidence in Himself.

7:12 "they will come to you" There have been three major theories as to how to interpret this verse: (1) the Jews returning home from the Exile; (2) all the nations coming with tribute to the restored people of God; and (3) Israel's ideal boundaries.

7:13 "On the account of the fruit of their deeds" Outside of the Promised Land, there will be judgment and calamity because of the nation's sins (as there was in Canaan because of Israel's sin, cf. v. 9). Sin has results (cf. Rom. 8:19-22).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT:7:14-20
  14"Shepherd Your people with Your scepter,
 The flock of Thy possession
 Which dwells by itself in the woodland,
 In the midst of a fruitful field.
 Let then feed in Bashan and Gilead
 As in the days of old.
 15As in the days when you came out from the land of Egypt,
 I will show you miracles."
  16Nations will see and be ashamed
 Of all their might.
 They will put their hand on their mouth,
 Their ears will be deaf.
 17They will lick the dust like a serpent,
 Like reptiles of the earth.
 They will come trembling out of their fortresses;
 To the Lord our God they will come in dread,
 And they will be afraid before Thee.
 18Who is a God like You, who pardons iniquity
 And passes over the rebellious act of the remnant of His possession?
 He does not retain His anger forever,
 Because He delights in unchanging love.
 19He will again have compassion on us;
 He will tread our iniquities underfoot.
 Yes, Thou wilt cast all their sins
 Into the depths of the sea.
 20Thou will give truth to Jacob
  And unchanging love to Abraham,
 Which thou didst swear to our forefathers
 From the days of old.

7:14 "Shepherd Your people with Your scepter" The VERB (BDB 944 I, KB 1258) is a Qal IMPERATIVE. This last section of the book is a prayer addressed to the Covenant God. The hope of v. 7 is expanded! Here is a combination of the shepherd metaphor and the kingly metaphor (cf. Ps. 23 also Isa. 40:11; Micah 2:12; 4:6-7; 5:4; Zech. 9:16). God is both Shepherd and King. The word "scepter" (BDB 986) can refer to a royal scepter or a shepherd's rod.

NASB"Which dwells by itself"
NKJV"who dwell solitarily"
NRSV"which lives alone"
TEV"although they live apart"
NJB"living confined"

Is this a metaphor of

1. confinement, NJB

2. unity, NKJV

3. abundance

4. purity

 

NASB"a fruitful land"
NKJV"Carmel"
NRSV"a garden land"
TEV"rich pastures"
NJB"meadow land"

This term (BDB 502) can refer to (1) a good pasture land (i.e., parallel to Bashan and Gilead); (2) a forest (e.g., Isa. 10:18; 29:17; 32: 15); or (3) Mt. Carmel (known for its fertility) is found in the Septuagint, Peshitta, and Vulgate translations.

"Let them feed" This VERB (BDB 944 I, KB 1258, Qal IMPERFECT, but JUSSIVE in meaning) is from the same root as "Shepherd" (v. 1 line 1). The sense of the plan of v. 14 is that the people were confined, but now freed, as they were in the Exodus by YHWH's power!

▣ "Bashan and Gilead" This was the rich pasture area in the northern trans-jordan region that was known for fertility and prosperity.

"As in the days of old" This is an idiom for covenant renewal (cf. Isa. 63:11; Amos 9:11). It refers to the beginning of the nation at the Exodus.

7:15 God reminds them of His historical acts on their behalf (cf. Neh. 9:9-14 [Exodus]; 15-21 [wilderness wanderings]; 22-25 [the conquest of Canaan]). He urges them to remember His wonderful provisions during the wilderness wandering period (cf. Exodus - Numbers), which was also a period of judgment.

7:16 The nations who confronted God's people were humbled (i.e., "put their hands on their mouth," e.g., Jdgs. 18:19; Job 21:5; 29:9; 40:4). It will be so again because His renewed covenant people go forth in His power and presence (cf. Psalm 2).

7:17-18 The Tyndale Commentary, vol. 23A, has an interesting comparison between God's deliverance at the Red Sea (expressed in Moses' song) and Micah's victory praise (p. 203):

1. "tremble" (BDB 919), Exod. 15:14 and Micah 7:17

2. "dread" (BDB 808), Exod. 15:16 and Micah 7:17

3. immobility caused by fear, Exod. 15:16 and Micah 7:16 (different term)

4. God's mighty acts, Exod. 15:11 and Micah 7:15 (different term)

5. Israel as God's inheritance (BDB 635), Exod. 15:17 and Micah 7:14,18

6. same rhetorical question, Exod. 15:11, "who is like Thee" and Micah 7:18, "who is like Thee"

7. enemies cast into the sea, Exod. 15:1,4-5 and Micah 7:19

Bruce Waltke adds, "Moses' song looked back upon the Lord's victory, Micah's song looks forward in faith to an even great wonder" (p. 203).

7:17 "They will lick the dust like a serpent,

 Like reptiles of the earth" There are two basic possibilities: (1) kissing the victor's feet (cf. Ps. 72:9; Isa. 49:23) or (2) unclean animals (cf. Gen. 3:14; Lev. 11). This was a Hebrew idiom of military defeat.

 

The question is whether this verse (1) simply records the fear of the nations in light of YHWH's power and love for Israel or (2) describes the conversion of the nations. In context option #1 fits best, but in light of the NT option #2 fits best. At this point please see the SPECIAL TOPIC: YHWH's ETERNAL REDEMPTIVE PLAN at Micah 5:7-9.

7:18 "Who is a God like You" This refers to the graciousness of God and is a play on the prophet's name, which means "who is like YHWH" (cf. Exod. 34:6-7; Deut. 7:9; Neh. 9:17; Ps. 103:8-10; Joel 2:13).

▣ "who pardons" This common Hebrew VERB (BDB 669, KB 724, Qal PARTICIPLE) has the connotations of (1) to lift up (e.g., 4:1); (2) to carry (e.g., 6:16; 7:9); (3) to take away (e.g., 2:2); and (4) to pardon (e.g., Hos. 1:6; 14:2). There is a series of phrases in v. 18 which describe God's graciousness and forgiveness (cf. Ps. 103:12; Isa. 1:18; 38:17; 43:25; 44:22). When God forgives, God forgets!

The parallel VERB "passes over" (BDB 716, KB 778, Qal PARTICIPLE) means "to pass over," "to pass through" (e.g., 2:13; Amos 5:17) in the sense of "to overlook" (i.e., out of sight, out of mind, cf. v. 19). This same VERB is used in Amos 7:8 and 8:2 in a judgment sense. Only here and in Prov. 19:22 does it have the sense of forgiveness.

The UBS Translator's Handbook on the Books of Obadiah and Micah points out that several Hebrew words for sin are used in vv. 18-19:

1. iniquity (BDB 730, i.e., to twist)

2. transgression (BDB 833, i.e., to rebel)

3. sins (BDB 308, i.e., to miss the mark)

The point being that all of the covenant people's covenant violations are forgiven (p. 191).

"the remnant" this is a recurrent theme (cf. 2:12; 4:7; 5:7,8).

"He does not retain His anger forever" The VERB (BDB 304, KB 302, Hiphil PERFECT) means "to take hold of so as to retain" (cf. Exod. 9:2). This is an anthropomorphic phrase which describes God as a parent who punishes His children, but does not reject them and longs to restore fellowship (cf. Ps. 103:8).

7:18

NASB"He delights in unchanging love"
NKJV"He delights in mercy"
NRSV"He delights in showing clemency"
TEV"you take pleasure in showing your constant love"
NJB"he delights in showing faithful love"

The VERB (BDB 342, KB 339, Qal PERFECT) is also used in Jer. 9:24 and Hosea 6:6. It is important to know what the Lord "delights" in (and does not, cf. Ezek. 18:23,32; 33:11).

The term "unchanging love" (BDB 338 I) is hesed, which is also found in 6:8; 7:18,20; Hosea 2:19; 4:1; 6:4,6; 10:12; 12:6; and Jonah 2:8; 4:2.

This is the Hebrew covenant word hesed again. It means God's unconditional covenant loyalty. See Special Topic at Hosea 2:19.

7:19 This is a series of metaphors for forgiveness followed by forgetfulness. When God forgives, He forgets (cf. Isa. 1:18; 38:17; 43:25; 44:22; Ps. 103:8-14). Out of sight, out of mind! What a great promise. Many believers have experienced God's forgiveness, but not His forgetfulness!

NASB, NRSV"He will tread our iniquities underfoot"
NKJV"And will subdue our iniquities"
TEV"You will trample our sins underfoot"
NJB"tread down our faults"

This VERB (BDB 461, KB 460, Qal IMPERFECT) basically means "subdue" (e.g., Gen. 1:25) or "bring into bondage" (e.g., Jer. 34:11,16; Neh. 5:5). Here it is used figuratively of the defeat and vanquishment of believers' sins.

7:20 "truth. . .unchanging love" The two characteristics of YHWH are to be reproduced in His people. "Truth" (BDB 54) in the OT implies trustworthiness or faithfulness (see Special Topic at Jonah 3:5). The second is hesed (BDB 338 I) or covenant faithfulness (see Special Topic at Hosea 2:19). God will produce a people of righteousness (i.e., not by performance, cf. Jer. 31:31-34, as in the OT, but by His mercy and grace, cf. Ezek. 36:22-38, as in the NT).

▣ "Jacob. . .Abraham. . .our forefathers" There was a relationship between God and His people that was unique in its promises and in its obligations. Verses 18-20, along with the book of Jonah, were read on the Day of Atonement in the Synagogue. On the afternoon of New Years day Orthodox Jews go to a place of running water and empty their pockets while reciting vv. 18-20. This is called Tashlich or "thou will cast." It emphasizes not only the covenant responsibility (i.e., removal of all sin), but also the mercy of God!

The theological issue in this conclusion is not God's gracious character, but the shocking addition of a new covenant in Christ (cf. John 14:6). Is Israel saved by covenant obedience or by restoration to Judah? The real issue is the validity of the new message of Jesus (cf. Rom. 2:28-29; 9-11; Gal. 3; 6:16).

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Is this chapter written for an individual or for a member of the corporate community?

2. Define the Hebrew word hesed.

3. Explain the contrast between vv. 7 and 8 and vv. 1-6.

4. Why is the question of v. 10 so important in light of the condition of the people of God?

5. List the gracious characteristics of God in vv. 18 and 19.

 

Acts 1

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS*

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
The Promise of the Holy Spirit Prologue Introduction; the Risen Christ Introduction Prologue
1:1-5 1:1-3 1:1-5 1:1-5 1:1-5
  The Holy Spirit Promised      
The Ascension of Jesus 1:4-8 The Ascension Jesus Is Taken Up to Heaven The Ascension
1:6-11   1:6-11 1:6 1:6-8
  Jesus Ascends to Heaven   1:7-9  
  1:9-11     1:9-11
      1:10-11  
The Choice of Judas' Successor The Upper Room Prayer Meeting The Gathering of the Twelve Judas' Successor The Group of Apostles
1:12-14 1:12-14 1:12-14 1:12-14 1:12-14
  Matthias Chosen     Judas is Replaced
1:15-26 1:15-26 1:15-26 1:15-17 1:15-20
      1:18-19  
      1:20  
      1:21-22 1:21-22
      1:23-26 1:23-26

* Although they are not inspired, paragraph divisions are the key to understanding and following the original author's intent. Each modern translation has divided and summarized the paragraphs. Every paragraph has one central topic, truth, or thought. Each version encapsulates that topic in its own distinct way. As you read the text, ask yourself which translation fits your understanding of the subject and verse divisions.
 In every chapter we must read the Bible first and try to identify its subjects (paragraphs), then compare our understanding with the modern versions. Only when we understand the original author's intent by following his logic and presentation can we truly understand the Bible. Only the original author is inspired—readers have no right to change or modify the message. Bible readers do have the responsibility of applying the inspired truth to their day and their lives.
  Note that all technical terms and abbreviations are explained fully in the following documents: Brief Definitions of Greek Grammatical StructureTextual Criticism, and Glossary.

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: ACTS 1:1-5
 1The first account I composed, Theophilus, about all that Jesus began to do and teach, 2until the day when He was taken up to heaven, after He had by the Holy Spirit given orders to the apostles whom He had chosen. 3To these He also presented Himself alive after His suffering, by many convincing proofs, appearing to them over a period of forty days and speaking of the things concerning the kingdom of God. 4Gathering them together, He commanded them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait for what the Father had promised, "Which," He said, "you heard of from Me; 5for John baptized with water, but you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit not many days from now."

1:1 "The first account I composed" This is an aorist middle indicative, literally, "I made." Luke is the obvious author of both the Gospel of Luke and Acts (compare Luke 1:1-4 and Acts 1:1-2). The term "volume" was used in Greek for a historical narrative. Technically (i.e., in Classical Greek) it implied one of at least three works. It is surely possible that the unusual ending of Acts might be explained by Luke's plan to write a third volume. Some even speculate that what we call the Pastoral Epistles (1 Timothy, 2 Timothy, and Titus) may have been penned by Luke.

▣ "Theophilus" This name is formed from (1) God (Theos) and (2) brotherly love (philos). It can be translated "God lover," "friend of God," or "loved by God."

The title "most excellent" in Luke 1:3 could be an honorific title for a Roman governmental official (cf. Acts 23:26; 24:3; 26:25), possibly used of the equestrian order of Roman society. He may have been the literary benefactor for the writing, copying, and distributing of Luke's two books. Church tradition names him as T. Flavius Clemens, cousin of Domitian (a.d. 24-96).

▣ "all that Jesus began to do" This refers to the Gospel of Luke. It is surprising that Luke says "all" that Jesus did, because the Gospel of Luke (like all the Synoptic Gospels) is very selective in what it records about Jesus' life and teachings.

1:2 "until the day when He was taken up to heaven" This is mentioned in Luke 24:51. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE ASCENSION

▣ "He had by the Holy Spirit" See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE PERSONHOOD OF THE SPIRIT

▣ "given orders" This refers to information recorded in Gospel of Luke 24:44-49, in Matt. 28:18-20, and in Acts 1:8.

▣ "orders" This is an aorist middle (deponent) participle. Some scholars see this as referring to 1:8 (cf. Matt. 28:19-20; Luke 24:45-47 or Luke 24:49). The church has a two-pronged function:

1. evangelism and Christlike maturity; every believer must wait for God's power and equipping to achieve these

2. others see it as referring to "wait in Jerusalem for the Spirit coming and empowering (cf. v. 4; Luke 24:49)

 

▣ "the apostles" See chart of Apostles' names at 1:13.

▣ "He had chosen" "Chosen" (eklegō, aorist middle indicative) is used in two senses. Usually in the OT it refers to service, not salvation, but in the NT it refers to spiritual salvation. Here it seems to refer to both ideas (cf. Luke 6:13).

1:3 "He also presented Himself alive" This probably refers to Jesus' three appearances in the upper room to the entire group of disciples on three successive Sunday nights, but also could refer to other appearances (cf. 1 Cor. 15:5-8). The resurrection of Jesus is crucial to the truthfulness of the gospel (cf. 2:24,32; 3:15,26; 4:10; 5:35; 10:40; 13:30,33,34,37; 17:31; and esp. 1 Cor. 15:12-19,20). The following is a chart of the post-resurrection appearances from Paul Barnett, Jesus and the Rise of Early Christianity, p. 185.


John Matthew Luke 1 Corinthians
Jerusalem Appearances

Mary (Jn. 20:15)

 

 

 

 

Women (Mt. 28:9)

 

 

 

 

Simon (Lk. 24:34)

Cephas (1 Cor. 15:5)

 

 

two on the road to Emmaus
(Lk. 24:15)

 


 

 

disciples (Lk. 24:36)

the Twelve (1 Cor. 15:5)

ten disciples (Jn. 20:19)

 

 

 

eleven disciples (Jn. 20:26)

 

 

 


Galilee Appearances
      500+ believers (1 Cor. 15:6; possibly linked to Matt. 28:16-20)
      James (1 Cor. 15:7)
seven disciples (Jn. 21:1)      
  the disciples (Mt. 28:16-20)    
Jerusalem Appearances
    the Ascension (Lk. 24:50-51) all the apostles (1 Cor. 15:7)

NASB, NRSV,
NIV"by many convincing proofs"
NKJV"by many infallible proofs"
TEV"many times in ways that proved beyond doubt"
NJB"by many demonstrations"

The word tekmērion is used only here in the NT. There is a good discussion of the terms used in Greek literature in Moulton and Milligan, The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, p. 628, where it means "demonstrative evidence." This term is also used in the Wisdom of Solomon 5:11; 19:3 and III Maccabees 3:24.

▣ "after His suffering" It was with great difficulty that Jewish believers accepted this aspect of the gospel (cf. 1 Cor. 1:23). The Messiah's suffering is mentioned in the OT (cf. Gen. 3:15; Psalm 22; Isaiah 53; Zech. 10:12; and notice in Luke 24:45-47). This was a major theological affirmation of Apostolic preaching (kerygma; see Special Topic at 2:14).

Luke often uses the aorist active infinitive of paschō (suffer) to refer to Jesus' crucifixion (cf. Luke 9:22; 17:25; 22:15; 24:26,46; Acts 1:3; 3:18; 9:16; 17:3). Luke may have gotten this from Mark's Gospel (cf. 8:31).

▣ "appearing to them" We have ten or eleven accounts of Jesus' post-resurrection appearances recorded in the NT. However, these are only representative samples and not a definitive list. Apparently Jesus came and went during the period, but did not stay with any one group.

SPECIAL TOPIC: JESUS' POST RESURRECTION APPEARANCES

▣ "forty days" This is an OT idiom for a long period of indefinite time, longer than a lunar cycle. Here it is related to the time between the annual Jewish feasts of Passover and Pentecost (which is fifty days). Luke is the only source of this information. Since the date of the ascension is not the major issue (not even noted by Christian writers until the fourth century a.d.), there must be another purpose for the number. It could relate to Moses on Mt. Sinai, Israel in the wilderness, Jesus' temptation experience, or we just do not know, but it is obvious that the date itself is not the issue.

SPECIAL TOPIC: SYMBOLIC NUMBERS IN SCRIPTURE

▣ "speaking of the things concerning the kingdom of God" The Gnostics claimed that Jesus revealed secret information to their group during the time between Passover and Pentecost. This is certainly false. However, the account of the two on the road to Emmaus is a good example of Jesus' post-resurrection teaching. I think Jesus, Himself, showed the church leaders from the Old Testament, the predictions and texts related to His life, death, resurrection and Second Coming. See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KINGDOM OF GOD following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KINGDOM OF GOD

1:4

NASB"gathering them together"
NKJV"being assembled together with them"
NRSV"while staying with them"
TEV"when they came together"
TEVb"while he was staying with them"
NIV"while he was eating with them"
NJB"while at table with them"

Verses 4-5 use one appearance of Jesus as an example of one of His several appearances and proofs. The term sunalizomenos can be spelled differently. The spelling changes the meaning.

1. long a – assemble/gather

2. short a – eat with (literally "with salt")

3. au (diphthong) – stay with

It is uncertain which was intended, but Luke 24:41-43 (cf. John 21) describes Jesus eating with the apostolic group, which would have been evidence of His resurrected, physical body (cf. v. 3).

▣ "not to leave Jerusalem" This is recorded in Luke 24:49. The first part of Acts is a review of the end of Luke's Gospel, possibly a literary way of linking the two books.

▣ "to wait for what the Father had promised" In 2:16-21 Peter relates this to the eschatological prophecy of Joel 2:28-32. They waited ten days until Pentecost. Luke has specifically designated "the Father' promise" as the Holy Spirit (cf. Luke 24:49; Acts 2:33). Jesus had previously spoken to them about the coming of the Spirit in John 14-16. However, it is possible that Luke understands the Father's promise not as one thing only (i.e., the Holy Spirit), but also that the OT promised salvation will be brought to Israel in the person of the Messiah (cf. Acts 2:39; 13:23,32; 26:6).

"Father" The OT introduces the intimate familial metaphor of God as Father:

1. the nation of Israel is often described as YHWH's "son" (cf. Hos. 11:1; Mal. 3:17)

2. in Deuteronomy the analogy of God as Father is used (1:31)

3. in Deut. 32:6 Israel is called "his children" and God called "your Father"

4. this analogy is stated in Ps. 103:13 and developed in Ps. 68:5 (the father of orphans)

5. it was common in the prophets (cf. Isa. 1:2; 63:8; Israel as son, God as Father, 63:16; 64:8; Jer. 3:4,19; 31:9)

Jesus spoke Aramaic, which means that many of the places where "Father" appears as the Greek Pater may reflect the Aramaic Abba (cf. 14:36). This familial term "Daddy" or "papa" reflects Jesus' intimacy with the Father; His revealing this to His followers also encourages our own intimacy with the Father. The term "Father" was used rarely in the OT (and not often in rabbinical literature) for YHWH, but Jesus uses it often and pervasively. It is a major revelation of believers' new relationship with God through Christ (cf. Matt. 6:9).

1:5 "John" All four Gospels (cf. Matt. 3:1-12; Mark 1:2-8; Luke 3:15-17; John 1:6-8,19-28) tell of the ministry of John the Baptist. "John" was the shortened form of the Hebrew name Johanan (BDB 220), which meant "YHWH is gracious" or "gift of YHWH." His name was significant because, like all biblical names, it pointed toward God's purpose for his life. John was the last of the Old Testament prophets. There had not been a prophet in Israel since Malachi, around 430 b.c. His very presence caused great spiritual excitement among the people of Israel.

▣ "baptized with water" Baptism was a common initiating rite among Jews of the first and second century, but only in connection with proselytes. If someone from a Gentile background wanted to become a full child of Israel, he had to accomplish three tasks:

1. circumcision, if male

2. self-baptism by immersion, in the presence of three witnesses

3. a sacrifice in the Temple if possible

In sectarian groups of first century Palestine, such as the Essenes, baptism was apparently a common, repeated experience. However, to mainline Judaism, ritualism precedents can be cited for this ceremonial washing:

1. as a symbol of spiritual cleansing (cf. Isa. 1:16)

2. as a regular ritual performed by the priests (cf. Exod. 19:10; Leviticus 15)

3. a regular ritual procedure before entering the temple to worship

 

▣ "you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit" This is a future passive indicative. The passive voice may refer to Jesus because of Matt. 3:11; Luke 3:16. The preposition ev can mean "in," "with," or "by" (i.e., instrument, cf. Matt. 3:11). This phrase can refer to two events: (1) becoming a Christian, (cf. 1 Cor. 12:13) or (2) in this context, the promised infusion of spiritual power for effective ministry. John the Baptist often spoke of Jesus' ministry by this phrase, (cf. Matt. 3:11; Mark 1:8; Luke 3:16-17; John 1:33).

p class="norm_indent_no-space"> This is in contrast to John's baptism. The Messiah will inaugurate the new age of the Spirit. His baptism will be with (or "in" or "by") the Spirit. There has been much discussion among denominations as to what event in the Christian experience this refers. Some take it to refer to an empowering experience after salvation, a kind of second blessing. Personally I think it refers to becoming a Christian (cf. 1 Cor. 12:13). I do not deny later fillings and equippings, but I believe there is only one initial spiritual baptism into Christ in which believers identify with Jesus' death and resurrection (cf. Rom. 6:3-4; Eph. 4:5; Col. 2:12). This initiating work of the Spirit is delineated in John 16:8-11. In my understanding the works of the Holy Spirit are:

 

1. convicting of sin

2. revealing the truth about Christ

3. leading to acceptance of the gospel

4. baptizing into Christ

5. convicting the believer of continuing sin

6. forming Christlikeness in the believer

 

▣ "not many days from now" This is a reference to the Jewish festival of Pentecost which occurred seven weeks after Passover. It recognized God's ownership of the grain harvest. It came fifty days after Passover (cf. Lev. 23:15-31; Exod. 34:22; Deut. 16:10).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:6-11
 6So when they had come together, they were asking Him, saying, "Lord, is it at this time You are restoring the kingdom to Israel?" 7He said to them, "It is not for you to know times or epochs which the Father has fixed by His own authority; 8but you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you; and you shall be My witnesses both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and even to the remotest part of the earth." 9And after He had said these things, He was lifted up while they were looking on, and a cloud received Him out of their sight. 10And as they were gazing intently into the sky while He was going, behold, two men in white clothing stood beside them. 11They also said, "Men of Galilee, why do you stand looking into the sky? This Jesus, who has been taken up from you into heaven, will come in just the same way as you have watched Him go into heaven."

1:6 "they were asking Him" This imperfect tense means either repeated action in past time or the initiation of an act. Apparently these disciples had asked this many times.

"Lord" The Greek term "Lord" (kurios) can be used in a general sense or in a developed theological sense. It can mean "mister," "sir," "master," "owner," "husband" or "the full God-man" (cf. John 9:36, 38). The OT (Hebrew, adon) usage of this term came from the Jews' reluctance to pronounce the covenant name for God, YHWH, which was a form of the Hebrew verb "to be" (cf. Exod. 3:14). They were afraid of breaking the Commandment which said, "Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain" (cf. Exod. 20:7; Deut. 5:11). Therefore, they thought if they did not pronounce it, they could not take it in vain. So, they substituted the Hebrew word adon, which had a similar meaning to the Greek word kurios (Lord). The NT authors used this term to describe the full deity of Christ. The phrase "Jesus is Lord" was the public confession of faith and a baptismal formula of the early church (cf. Rom. 10:9-13; 1 Cor. 12:3; Phil. 2:11).

SPECIAL TOPIC: NAMES FOR DEITY

▣ "is it at this time You are restoring the kingdom of Israel" They still had a totally Jewish nationalistic perspective (cf. Ps. 14:7; Jer. 33:7; Hos. 6:11; Luke 19:11; 24:21). They possibly even were asking about their administrative positions.

This theological question still causes much controversy. I want to include here a part of my commentary on Revelation (see www.freebiblecommentary.org ) which discusses this very issue.

"The OT prophets predict a restoration of a Jewish kingdom in Palestine centered in Jerusalem where all the nations of the earth gather to praise and serve a Davidic ruler, but the NT Apostles never focus on this agenda. Is not the OT inspired (cf. Matt. 5:17-19)? Have the NT authors omitted crucial end-time events?

There are several sources of information about the end of the world:

1. OT prophets

2. OT apocalyptic writers (cf. Ezek. 37-39; Dan. 7-12)

3. intertestamental, non-canonical Jewish apocalyptic writers (like I Enoch)

4. Jesus Himself (cf. Matt. 24; Mark 13; Luke 21)

5. the writings of Paul (cf. 1 Cor. 15; 2 Cor. 5; 1 Thess. 4; 2 Thess. 2)

6. the writings of John (the book of Revelation).

Do these all clearly teach an end-time agenda (events, chronology, persons)? If not, why? Are they not all inspired (except the Jewish intertestamental writings)?

The Spirit revealed truths to the OT writers in terms and categories they could understand. However, through progressive revelation the Spirit has expanded these OT eschatological concepts to a universal scope (cf. Eph. 2:11-3:13). Here are some relevant examples:

1. The city of Jerusalem is used as a metaphor of the people of God (Zion) and is projected into the NT as a term expressing God's acceptance of all repentant, believing humans (the new Jerusalem of Revelation 20-22). The theological expansion of a literal, physical city into the people of God is foreshadowed in God's promise to redeem fallen mankind in Gen. 3:15 before there even were any Jews or a Jewish capital city. Even Abraham's call (cf. Gen. 12:3) involved the Gentiles.

2. In the OT the enemies are the surrounding nations of the Ancient Near East, but in the NT they have been expanded to all unbelieving, anti-God, Satanically-inspired people. The battle has moved from a geographical, regional conflict to a cosmic conflict.

3. The promise of a land which is so integral in the OT (the Patriarchal promises) has now become the whole earth. New Jerusalem comes to a recreated earth, not the Near East only or exclusively (cf. Rev. 20-22).

4. Some other examples of OT prophetic concepts being expanded are (1) the seed of Abraham is now the spiritually circumcised (cf. Rom. 2:28-29); (2) the covenant people now include Gentiles (cf. Hos. 1:9; 2:23; Rom. 9:24-26; also Lev. 26:12; Exod. 29:45; 2 Cor. 6:16-18 and Exod. 19:5; Deut. 14:2;; Titus 2:14); (3) the temple is now the local church (cf. I Cor. 3:16) or the individual believer (cf. 1 Cor. 6:19); and (4) even Israel and its characteristic descriptive phrases now refer to the whole people of God (cf. Gal. 6:16; 1 Pet. 2:5, 9-10; Rev. 1:6)

The prophetic model has been fulfilled, expanded, and is now more inclusive. Jesus and the Apostolic writers do not present the end-time in the same way as the OT prophets (cf. Martin Wyngaarden, The Future of The Kingdom in Prophecy and Fulfillment). Modern interpreters who try to make the OT model literal or normative twist the Revelation into a very Jewish book and force meaning into atomized, ambiguous phrases of Jesus and Paul! The NT writers do not negate the OT prophets, but show their ultimate universal implication."

1:7

NASB"It is not for you to know times or epochs which the Father has fixed by His own authority"
NKJV"It is not for you to know times or seasons"
NRSV"It is not for you to know the times or periods"
TEV"the times and occasions"
NJB"It is not for you to know times or dates"

The term "times" (chronos) means "eras" or "ages" (i.e., the passing of time), while the term "epochs" (kairos) means a "time of specific events or seasons" (cf. Titus 1:2-3). Louw and Nida: Greek-English Lexicon, says they are synonyms simply denoting duration of time (cf. 1 Thess. 5:1). It is obvious that believers are not to try to set specific dates; even Jesus did not know the time of His return (cf. Matt. 24:36; Mark 13:32). Believers can know the general season, but they are to remain ready and active for the actual event at all times (cf. Matt. 24:32-33). The twin emphases of the NT about the Second Coming are to stay active and be ready. The rest is up to God!

1:8 "but you will receive power" Notice that the coming of the Holy Spirit is linked to power and witness. Acts is about "witness" (i.e., martus). This theme dominates the book (cf. 1:8,22; 2:32; 3:15; 5:32; 10:39,41; 13:31; 22:15,20; 26:16). The church has been given her assignment—witness to the gospel of Christ (cf. Luke 24:44-49)! The Apostles were witnesses of Jesus' life and teaching, now they were witnesses about His life and teaching. Effective witness occurs only by means of the Spirit's power.

It is interesting that The Jerome Biblical Commentary (p. 169) notes Luke's tendency to express a "delayed paraousia." Here is the quote.

"The Spirit is the substitute for the Parousia. This is the force of alla, 'but,' the conjunction that joins the two parts of Jesus' reply. The Spirit is the principle of continued Christian existence in a new era of sacred history, the era of the church and mission. These realities must take the place of an early Parousia as the focal point of Christian awareness. The Spirit in the Church is the Lucan answer to the problem of the delay of the Parousia and the continuance of history."

▣ "Jerusalem. . .Judea. . .Samaria. . .the remotest part of the earth" This is a geographical outline of Acts:

1. Jerusalem, chapters 1-7

2. Judea and Samaria, chapters 8-12

3. ends of the earth (i.e., Rome), chapters 13-28.

This outline may denote the author's literary structure and purpose. Christianity is not a sect of Judaism, but a worldwide movement of the one true God fulfilling His OT promises to restore rebellious mankind to fellowship with Himself (cf. Gen. 12:3; Exod. 19:5; Isa. 2:2-4; 56:7; Luke 19:46).

The phrase "the remotest part of the earth" is used again in 13:47, where it is a quote from Isa. 49:6, a Messianic text which also mentions "a light to the nations." A Savior (cf. Gen. 3:15) for the nations (cf. Gen. 12:3; Exod. 19:5-6; Isa. 2:2-4) has always been God's plan.

The first Jewish leaders, knowing the Septuagint and the many prophetic promises of YHWH restoring Jerusalem, raising Jerusalem, bringing the world to Jerusalem, expected these to be literally fulfilled. They stayed in Jerusalem (cf. 8:1). But the gospel revolutionized and extended the OT concepts. The world-wide mandate (cf. Matt. 28:18-20; Luke 24:47; Acts 1:8) told believers to go into all the world, not wait for the world to come to them. Jerusalem of the NT is a metaphor for heaven (cf. Rev. 21:2), not a city in Palestine.

SPECIAL TOPIC: YHWH's ETERNAL REDEMPTIVE PLAN

1:9 "He was lifted up" This event is known as the Ascension. The resurrected Jesus is returned to His place of pre-existing glory (cf. Luke 24:50-51; John 6:22; 20:17; Eph. 4:10; 1 Tim. 3:16; Heb. 4:14; and 1 Pet. 3:22). The unexpressed agent of the passive voice is the Father. See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE ASCENSION at 1:2.

Notice the variety in the verb used to describe this ascension.

1. "taken up," v. 2 – aorist passive indicative

2. "lifted up," v. 9 – aorist passive indicative

3. "has been taken up," v. 11 (same verb as v. 2) – aorist passive participle

4. "was carried up into heaven," Luke 24:51 (textual variant) – imperfect passive indicative

See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE ASCENSION at 1:2.

▣ "a cloud" Clouds were a significant eschatological marker. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: COMING ON THE CLOUDS

1:10 "they were gazing intently" This is a periphrastic imperfect. They were continuing to strain hard to see Jesus as long as possible. Even after He had been lost from sight, they kept on looking.

This term is characteristic in Luke's writings (cf. Luke 4:20; 22:56; Acts 1:10; 3:4,12; 6:15; 7:55; 10:4; 11:6; 13:9; 14:9; 23:1, found in the NT outside of Luke and Acts only twice, in 2 Corinthians 3). It implies "to look at intently," "to gaze upon," or "to fix one's eyes upon."

▣ "into the sky" The ancients believed heaven was up, but in our day of a fuller knowledge of the universe, up is relative. In Luke 24:31, Jesus vanished. This might be a better model for our culture. Heaven is not up and out there, but possibly another dimension of time and space. Heaven is not a direction, but a person!

▣ "two men in white clothing" The NT often identifies angels by their bright white clothing, (cf. Luke 24:4; John 20:12). Angels appeared at His birth, His temptation, in Gethsemane, at the tomb, and here at His ascension.

1:11 "Men of Galilee" Several times in Acts Luke records the Galilean origins of the disciples (cf. 2:7; 13:31). All of the Twelve, except Judas Iscariot, were from Galilee. This area was looked down on by residents of Judea because it had a large Gentilepopulation and it was not as "kosher" (i.e., strict) in its performance of the Oral Traditions (Talmud).

One wonders if Luke structured this exchange to answer the later questions about the delayed Second coming. Christians should not focus on the Parousia but on service, evangelism, and missions!

▣ "Jesus. . .will come" Some theologians try to make a distinction between "Jesus" and "the Christ." These angels affirm that it is the Jesus who they knew who would return. The glorified, ascended Christ is still the glorified Jesus of Nazareth. He remains the God/man.

Jesus will come again as He left, on the clouds of heaven (See Special Topic at 1:9, cf. Matt. 10:23; 16:27; 24:3,27,37,39; 26:64; Mark 8:38-39; 13:26; Luke 21:27; John 21:22; 1 Cor. 15:23; 1 Thess. 1:10, 4:16; I1 Thess. 1:7, 10; 2:1,8; James 5:7-8; 2 Pet. 1:16; 3:4,12; 1 John 2:28; Rev. 1:7). The Second Coming of Jesus is a recurrent and major theme of the NT. One reason the gospel took so long to be put into written form was the early church's expectation of the very-soon return of Christ. His surprising delay, the dying of the Apostles, and the rise of heresies all finally prompted the church to record the life and teachings of Jesus in written form.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:12-14
 12Then they returned to Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is near Jerusalem, a Sabbath day's journey away. 13When they had entered the city, they went up to the upper room where they were staying; that is, Peter and John and James and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the son of James. 14These all with one mind were continually devoting themselves to prayer, along with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with His brothers.

1:12 "returned" Luke 24:52 adds "with great joy."

▣ "mount called Olivet" This seems to contradict Luke 24:50 (i.e., Bethany); however, compare Luke 19:29 and 21:37 with Mark 11:11-12 and 14:3. The ridge known as the Mt. of Olives was a 2.5 mile ridge about 300-400 feet above Jerusalem that ran from Bethany opposite the Kidron Valley, across from the Temple. It is mentioned in OT eschatological prophecy (cf. Zech. 14:4). Jesus had met the disciples there many times to pray and possibly camp out.

▣ "a Sabbath day's journey away" The distance a Jew could travel on the Sabbath was set by the rabbis (cf. Exod. 16:29; Num. 35: 5). It was a distance of about 2,000 cubits (or steps), which the rabbis set as the maximum one could walk on the Sabbath and not break the Mosaic law.

1:13 "the upper room" This was probably the same site as the Last Supper (cf. Luke 22:12; Mark 14:14-15). Tradition says it was the upper level (2nd or 3rd floor) of the home of John Mark (cf. Acts 12:12), who wrote the memories of Peter into the Gospel of Mark. It must have been a large room to accommodate 120 persons.

▣ "they" This is one of four lists of the Apostles (cf. Matt. 10:2-4; Mark 3:16-19; and Luke 6:14-16). The lists are not identical. The names and order change. However, they are always the same persons named in four groups of three. Peter is always first and Judas is always last. These three groups of four may have been for the purpose of allowing these men to return home periodically to check on and provide for their families. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE APOSTLES' NAMES

"Peter" Most Jews of Galilee had both a Jewish name (e.g., Simon or Simeon [BDB 1035, cf. Gen. 29:33], meaning "hearing") and a Greek name (which is never given). Jesus nicknames him "rock." In Greek it is petros and in Aramaic it is cephas (cf. John 1:42; Matt. 16:16).

"Andrew" The Greek term means "manly." From John 1:29-42 we learn that Andrew was a disciple of John the Baptist and that he introduced his brother Peter to Jesus.

▣ "Philip" The Greek term means "fond of horses." His call is elaborated in John 1:43-51.

▣ "Thomas" The Hebrew term means "twin" or Didymus (cf. John 11:16; 20:24; 21:2).

▣ "Bartholomew" The term means "Son of Ptolemy." He may be the Nathanael ("gift of God," BDB 681 and 41) of the Gospel of John (cf. John 1:45-49; 21:20).

▣ "Matthew" Possibly related to the Hebrew name Mattenai, means "gift of YHWH" (BDB 683). This is another designation for Levi (cf. Mark 2:14; Luke 5:27).

▣ "James" This is the Hebrew name "Jacob" (BDB 784, cf. Gen. 25:26) There are two men named James in the list of the Twelve. One is the brother of John (cf. Mark 3:17) and part of the inner circle (i.e., Peter, James, and John). This one is known as James the less.

"Simon the Zealot" The Greek text of Mark has "Cananean" (also Matt. 10:4). Mark, whose Gospel was written to Romans, may not have wanted to use the politically "hot-button" word "zealot," which referred to a Jewish anti-Roman guerrilla movement. Luke does call him by this term (cf. Luke 6:15 and Acts 1:13). The term "Cananean" may have several derivatives.

1. of the area of Galilee known as Cana

2. from the OT use of Canaanite as merchant

3. from a general designation as a native of Canaan.

If Luke's designation is right, then "zealot" is from the Aramaic term for "enthusiast" (cf. Luke 6:15; Acts 1:17). Jesus' chosen twelve disciples were from several different and competing groups. Simon was a member of a nationalistic group which advocated the violent overthrow of Roman authority. Normally this Simon and Levi (i.e., Matthew the tax collector) would not have been in the same room with each other.

▣ "Thaddaeus" He was also called "Lebbeus" ("man of heart," cf. Matt. 10:3) or "Judas" (cf. Luke 6:16; John 14:22; Acts 1:13). Thaddaeus means "beloved child" (lit. "from the breast").

▣ "Judas Iscariot" There are two Simons, two Jameses, and two Judases. "Iscariot" has two possible derivations: (1) man of Kerioth in Judah (cf. Jos. 15:23) or (2) "dagger man" or assassin, which would mean he also was a zealot, like Simon.

SPECIAL TOPIC: ISCARIOT

1:14 "these all with one mind" This term is a compound of "this same" (homo) and "emotion of the mind" (thumos). It was not a prerequisite as much as it was the atmosphere of anticipation. This attitude is mentioned again and again in Acts (i.e., of believers, cf. 1:14; 2:46; 4:24; 5:12; 15:25; and of others in 7:57; 8:6; 12:20; 18:12; 19:29).

NASB"continually devoting"
NKJV"continued"
NRSV"constantly devoting"
TEV"gathered frequently"
NJB"joined constantly"

This term (pros and kaptereō) means to be intent or persistent or intently engaged. Luke uses it often (cf. 1:14; 2:42,46; 6:4; 8:13; 10:7). It is a periphrastic present active participle.

▣ "with the women" There was a group of women who traveled with and provided for and cared for Jesus and the Apostles (cf. Matt. 27:55-56; Mark 15:40-41; Luke 8:2-3; 23:49; and John 19:25). See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: WOMEN WHO TRAVELED WITH JESUS AND HIS DISCIPLES

▣ "His brothers" We know the names of several of Jesus' half-brothers: Jude, James (see Special Topic at 12:17), and Simon (cf. Matt. 13:55; Mark 6:3 and Luke 2:7). They were once unbelievers (cf. John 7:5), but now part of the inner group of disciples. For an interesting brief discussion of the historical development of the doctrine of the "perpetual virginity" of Mary, see F. F. Bruce, New International Commentary, Acts, p. 44, footnote 47.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:15-26
 15At this time Peter stood up in the midst of the brethren (a gathering of about one hundred and twenty persons was there together), and said, 16"Brethren, the Scripture had to be fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit foretold by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to those who arrested Jesus. 17"For he was counted among us and received his share in this ministry." 18(Now this man acquired a field with the price of his wickedness, and falling headlong, he burst open in the middle and all his intestines gushed out. 19And it became known to all who were living in Jerusalem; so that in their own language that field was called Hakeldama, that is, Field of Blood.) 20"For it is written in the book of Psalms, 'Let his homestead be made desolate, And let no one dwell in it'; and, 'Let another man take his office.' 21"Therefore it is necessary that of the men who have accompanied us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us— 22beginning with the baptism of John until the day that He was taken up from us—one of these must become a witness with us of His resurrection." 23So they put forward two men, Joseph called Barsabbas (who was also called Justus), and Matthias. 24And they prayed and said, "You, Lord, who know the hearts of all men, show which one of these two You have chosen 25to occupy this ministry and apostleship from which Judas turned aside to go to his own place." 26And they drew lots for them, and the lot fell to Matthias; and he was added to the eleven apostles.

1:15 "at this time" This is literally "in these days" (en tais hēmerais) This phrase is used often in the opening chapters of Acts (cf. 1:15; 2:18; 5:37; 6:1; 7:41; 9:37; 11:27; 13:41). Luke is using other eyewitness sources. He also uses "from day to day" (kath hēmeran) as common, ambiguous time indicator in the early chapters of Acts (cf. 2:46,47; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11,31; 19:9). After chapter 15 Luke is personally acquainted with many of the events he is recording. He still uses "day" often, but not as often as in these ambiguous, idiomatic phrases.

▣ "Peter stood up" Peter is obviously the spokesman for the Apostles (cf. Matthew 16). He preached the first sermon of the church after the coming of the Spirit (cf. Acts 2) and the second sermon in Acts 3. Jesus appears to him first in the post-resurrection appearances (cf. John 21 and 1 Cor. 15:5). His Hebrew name is "Simeon" (cf. Acts 15:14; 2 Pet. 1:1). This name is spelled "Simon" in Greek. The term "Peter" is a Greek term (petros) for a "detached rock." It is "Cephas" or "bedrock" in Aramaic (cf. Matt. 16:18).

▣ "a gathering of about one hundred and twenty persons" This phrase is a parenthesis in the UBS4 Greek text (but not vv. 18-19). This group must have included the eleven Apostles, the women who accompanied Jesus, and other disciples from Jesus' preaching and healing ministry.

1:16 "the Scripture" All references to "Scripture" in the NT (except 2 Pet. 3:15-16) refer to the OT (ex. Matt. 5:17-20; 2 Tim. 3:15-17). This passage also asserts the inspiration of the Holy Spirit (cf. 2 Pet. 1:21) through David. It also implies the canonization of "the Writings" section of the Hebrew Bible.

SPECIAL TOPIC: INSPIRATION

▣ had to be" This is dei, which means necessity. It is an imperfect active indicative and refers to the first quote in v. 20.

The term is characteristic of Luke's sense of the life of Jesus and the early church being an extension of OT Scriptures (cf. Luke 18:31-34; 22:37; 24:44). Luke uses this term often (cf. Luke 2:49; 4:43; 9:22; 11:42; 12:12; 13:14,16,33; 15:32; 17:25; 18:1; 19:5; 21:9; 22:7,37; 24:7,26,44; Acts 1:16,21; 3:21; 4:12; 5:29; 9:6,16; 14:27; 15:5; 16:30; 17:3; 19:21,36; 20:35; 23:11; 24:19; 25:10,24; 26:9; 27:21,24,26). The term means "it is binding," "it is necessary," "it is inevitable." The gospel and its growth is not a chance occurrence, but the predetermined plan of God and fulfillment of OT Scripture (LXX usage).

▣ "fulfilled" When one reads these OT quotes (v. 20), Judas' betrayal was not the intent of the writer of the Psalms (i.e., Ps. 69:25; 109:8). The Apostles interpreted the OT in light of their experience with Jesus. This is called typological interpretation (cf. v. 20). Jesus Himself may have set the pattern of this approach as He walked and talked with the two on the road to Emmaus (cf. Luke 24:13-35, especially vv. 25-27). The early Christian interpreters saw parallels between the events of the OT and Jesus' life and teachings. They saw Jesus as the prophetic fulfillment of all the OT. Believers today must be careful of this approach! Those inspired NT authors were under a level of inspiration and personally familiar with the life and teachings of Jesus. We affirm the truth and authority of their witness but cannot reproduce their method.

SPECIAL TOPIC: TYPOLOGY

▣ "Judas" It was Judas' apostasy, not his death, which caused this election of a substitute Apostle. In v. 20b, Judas' actions were seen as a fulfillment of prophecy. The NT does not record another Apostolic election after the death of James (cf. Acts 12:2). There is much mystery and tragedy in the life of Judas. He was possibly the only Apostle who was not a Galilean. He was made the treasurer of the apostolic group (cf. John 12:6). He was accused of stealing their money throughout the period of Jesus' time with them. He is said to be a prophetic fulfillment and an object of Satanic attack. His motives are never stated, but his remorse resulted in his taking his own life after returning the bribe.

There is so much speculation about Judas and his motives. He is mentioned and vilified often in John's Gospel (6:71; 12:4; 13:2,26,39; 18:2,3,5). The modern play "Jesus Christ Superstar" depicts him as a faithful, but disillusioned, follower who tried to force Jesus into fulfilling the role of Jewish Messiah—this is, to overthrow the Romans, punish the wicked, and set up Jerusalem as the capital of the world. However, John depicts his motives as greedy and malicious.

The main problem is the theological issue of God's sovereignty and human free will. Did God or Jesus manipulate Judas? Is Judas responsible for his acts if Satan controlled him or God predicted and caused him to betray Jesus? The Bible does not address these questions directly. God is in control of history; He knows future events, but mankind is responsible for choices and actions. God is fair, not manipulative.

There is a new book that tries to defend Judas—Judas Betrayer or Friend of Jesus? by William Klassen, Fortress Press, 1996. I do not agree with this book, but it is very interesting and thought provoking.

▣ "who became a guide to those who arrested Jesus" Here is a quote from my commentary on Matthew 26:47-50 (see www.freebiblecommentary.org ).

"There has been much discussion about the motivation of Judas. It must be said that this remains uncertain. His kiss of Jesus in v. 49 either (1) was a sign to the soldiers that this was the man to arrest (cf. v. 48); or (2) lends support to the modern theory that he was trying to force Jesus' hand to act, (cf. 27:4). Other Gospel passages state that he was a robber and an unbeliever from the beginning (cf. John 12:6).

From Luke 22:52 we know the make-up of this crowd. There were Roman soldiers involved because they were the only ones who could legally carry swords. Also, the Temple police were involved because they usually carried clubs. Representatives from the Sanhedrin were also present at the arrest (cf. vv. 47, 51)."

1:17 Judas was chosen by Jesus, heard Jesus speak, saw Jesus' miracles, was sent on mission by and for Jesus, was present in the upper room and participated in these events and, yet, betrayed Jesus!

1:18

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV, NJB,
NIV"falling headlong, he burst open"
TEV"where he fell to his death and burst open"

It is possible that "falling headlong" was a medical term for "swelling up" (cf. Moulton and Milligan, The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, pp. 535-536), which is found in some English translations (e.g., Phillips, Moffatt and Goodspeed). For a good discussion of the different versions of Judas' death (Matt. 27:5 vs. Acts 1:18) see Hard Sayings of the Bible, pp. 511-512.

▣ "this man acquired a field" Verses 18-19 are parenthetical (cf. NASB, NKJV, NRSV, NJB, NIV). The author provided this information for the reader's understanding. From Matt. 27:6-8 we learn the priests bought this piece of land in fulfillment of OT prophecy (cf. Matt. 27:9). It was Judas' money, which the priests considered unclean and used to buy a field for burying unclaimed bodies. Verses 18-19 tell us it was the very field in which Judas died. This information about Judas' death is not repeated elsewhere.

1:19 "in their own language" Many of the Jews of Jesus' day did not read or speak Hebrew, but a similar Semitic language, Aramaic, which they learned from their years under Persian rule. The educated people could speak and read Hebrew. Jesus used it when He reads Scripture in the Synagogues.

Many people in Palestine would have been bilingual (Koiine Greek and Aramaic) or tri-lingual (Koine Greek, Aramaic, and Hebrew).

Jesus spoke Aramaic most of the time. The phrases and words in the Gospels that are transliterated are all Aramaic.

NASB, NRSV"Hakeldama, that is Field of Blood"
NKJV"Akel dama, that is, Field of Blood"
TEV"Akeldama, which means Field of Blood"
NJB"Bloody acre. . .Hakel-dama"

This is a Greek translation of an Aramaic word. It is always difficult to uniformly transpose from one language to another. Despite the Greek spelling variations, the Aramaic means "field of blood." This could mean

1. a field bought with blood money (cf. Matt. 27:7a)

2. a field where blood was shed (cf. Acts 1:18)

3. a field where murderers or foreigners were buried (cf. Matt. 27:7b)

 

1:20 These are two quotes from the Psalms. The first is Ps. 69:25. Originally it was plural. It functions as a curse formula related to Judas. The second quote is from Ps. 109:8 (LXX). It provides the prophetic precedent for the replacement of Judas discussed in vv. 21-26.

Modern believers cannot reproduce this method of typological hermeneutics because none of us in this period of history are inspired. The Spirit guided these Bible authors/scribes at a level He does not do for later believers. We are illumined by Him but we sometimes disagree (see SPECIAL TOPIC: INSPIRATION at v. 16).

NASB, NKJV,
NJB"office"
NRSV"positions of overseer"
TEV"place of service"

In the Septuagint the term episkopē carries the connotation of a charge or service of an officer (cf. Num. 4:16; Ps. 109:8). It came to denote an office in the Roman Catholic clerical system, but in Greek it simply was the Greek city-state term for leader (cf. NIV), as "elder" (presbuteros) was the Jewish term for leader (ex. Gen. 50:7; Exod. 3:16,18; Num. 11:16,24,25,39; Deut. 21:2,3,4,6,19,20 and others). Therefore with the possible exception of James, "overseer" and "elder" after the death of the Apostles refer to the pastor (cf. Acts 20:17,28; Titus 1:5,7; Phil. 1:1).

1:21 "it is necessary" This is the word dei (see full note at v. 16). Apparently Peter felt that the Twelve Apostles somehow represented the twelve tribes or some other symbolism that must not be lost.

1:21-22 These are the qualifications for Apostleship (See Special Topic: Send [apostellō] at 14:4). Notice that it shows the presence of other believers besides the Twelve who followed Jesus throughout His earthly ministry. These criteria were later used by some to reject Paul's Apostleship.

Luke apparently includes these two verses to show the priority of Apostolic witness, not the election of Matthias, about whom we hear no more. The church and NT Scripture will be built on Jesus' life and teachings, but it is mediated through eyewitness, authoritative witness, selected theological witness, the NT. This is the theological issue, not the symbolism of "twelve"!

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE NUMBER TWELVE

1:23 "they set two" There is a Greek manuscript variant which shows the theological issue in this phrase:

1. estēsan ("they set") in MSS א, A, B, C, D1, E

2. estesen ("he set") in MS D* (fifth century), Lectionary 156 (tenth century), two Old Latin manuscripts (fifth and thirteenth centuries), and Augustine (a.d. 354-430)

If number one, this is an example of the whole group of disciples voting on the possible replacement of Judas (a form of congregational polity (cf. 15:22), but if number 2, then this is evidence for the supremacy of Peter (cf. 15:7-11,14). As far as Greek manuscript evidence, the wording of number one is certain (UBS4 gives it an "A" rating).

"Joseph. . .Matthias" We know nothing about these men from the NT. We must remember that the Gospels and Acts are not western histories, but selected theological writings to introduce Jesus and show how His message impacted the world.

1:24

NASB"who knows the hearts of all men"
NKJV"who knows the hearts of all"
NRSV"you know everyone's heart"
TEV"you know the thoughts of everyone"
NJB"you can read everyone's heart"

This is a compound word, "hearts" and "known" (cf. 15:8). This reflects an OT truth (cf. 1 Sam. 2:7; 16:7; 1 Kgs. 8:39; 1 Chr. 28:9; 2 Chr. 6:30; Ps. 7:9; 44:21; Pro. 15:11; 21:2; Jer. 11:20; 17:9-10; 20:12; Luke 16:15; Acts 1:24; 15:8; Rom. 8:27). God knows us completely and still loves us (cf. Rom. 8:27).

The disciples affirm that YHWH knows their motives as well as the motives and lives of the two candidates. They want God's will in this choice (aorist middle). Jesus chose the Twelve, but He is now with the Father.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HEART

1:25 "to his own place" This is an euphemism for "damnation." Satan used him for his purposes (cf. Luke 22:3; John 13:2; 27), but Judas is responsible for his choices and actions (cf. Gal. 6:7).

1:26 "they drew lots for them" This has an OT background related to the High Priest's use of the Urim and Thummim in Lev. 16:8, or to individuals using some similar type of method (cf. Pro. 16:33; 18:18). The Roman soldiers also cast lots for Jesus' clothes (cf. Luke 23:34). However, this is the last time this method of knowing God's will is mentioned in the NT. If one tends toward proof-texting, this method could become normative for how to make spiritual decisions, which would be very unfortunate (e.g., opening the Bible and putting one's finger on a verse to determine the will of God). Believers are to live by faith, not by mechanical means of determining God's will (e.g., sheep fleece, cf. Jdgs. 6:17,36-40).

▣ "Matthias" Eusebius says he was involved in the mission of the seventy (cf. Luke 10). Later traditions assert that he was martyred in Ethiopia.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Why did Jesus stay with the disciples for 40 days?

2. What is the "baptism of the Spirit?"

3. Why is verse 7 so important?

4. Why is the ascension important?

5. Why did Peter feel a need to fill Judas' place?

6. How can Paul be an apostle when he did not fulfill the qualifications? (1:21-22)

 

Acts 2

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
The Coming of the Holy Spirit Coming of the Holy Spirit The Day of Pentecost The Coming of the Holy Spirit Pentecost
2:1-4 2:1-4 2:1-4 2:1-4 2:1-4
  The Crowds Respond      
2:5-13 2:5-13 2:5-13 2:5-13 2:5-13
Peter's Speech at Pentecost Peter's Sermon Peter's Sermon Peter's Sermon Peter's Address to the Crowd
2:14-21 2:14-39 2:14-21 2:14-21 2:14-21
2:22-28   2:22-28 2:22-28 2:22-28
2:29-36   2:29-36 2:29-35 2:29-35
      2:36 2:36
    The Call to Repentance   The First Conversions
2:37-42   2:37-42 2:37 2:37-41
  A Vital Church grows   2:38-39  
  2:40-47   2:40-42 The Early Christian Conversions
Life Among the Believers     Life Among the Believers 2:42
2:43-47   2:43-47 2:43-47 2:43
        2:44-45
        2:46-47

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

A. This is the first sermon of the New Age. Notice the OT quotes and allusions in chapter 2. Peter is preaching to Jews from all over the Mediterranean world. The Scriptures he chooses reflect Jesus' teachings of the two on the road to Emmaus (cf. Luke 24:21-32) and His post-resurrection visits with the disciples (cf. Luke 24:45).

1. vv. 16-21 – Joel 2:28-32

2. vv. 25-28 – Psalm 16:8-11

3. v. 30 – an allusion to II Sam. 7:11-16 and Ps. 89:34 or 132:11

4. vv. 34-35 – Psalm 110:1

 

B. The fulfillment of Joel's eschatological prophecy is a physical manifestation that the judgment of God that withdrew His Spirit from Israel after Malachi (or the author of Chronicles) is over! The Spirit has returned in Great Commission power and purpose!

 

C. The confusion of languages from the Tower of Babel (cf. Genesis 11) is now reversed (at least symbolically). The New Age has begun.

 

D. For now the "tongues" of Acts are different from the tongues of Corinth. There is no need for an interpreter. The message is exclusively evangelistic.

Tongues in Acts are for believing Jews to recognize that God has accepted a new racial/geographical group of people into the Kingdom (i.e., Samaritans, Romans, etc.).

The Corinthian tongues fit the cultural model of the Delphi Oracle. They address God not humans (cf. I Cor. 14:2). They edify the speaker (cf. I Cor. 14:4). Please do not take these observations as negative in any sense to the Corinthian model (cf. I Cor. 14:5,18). I believe it is still an ongoing spiritual gift. However, because of the questions of I Cor. 12:28-29, which expect a "no" answer, they are not for every believer! See full notes on the subject at I Corinthians 12 and 14 at www.freebiblecommentary.org


WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:1-4
 1When the day of Pentecost had come, they were all together in one place. 2And suddenly there came from heaven a noise like a violent rushing wind, and it filled the whole house where they were sitting. 3And there appeared to them tongues as of fire distributing themselves, and they rested on each one of them. 4And they were all filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit was giving them utterance.

2:1 "Pentecost" This annual Jewish Feast is also called "Feast of Weeks" (cf. Exod. 34:22; Deut. 16:10). The term "Pentecost" means "fiftieth." This feast was held fifty days (seven weeks) after Passover (i.e., numbering from the second day of the Feast of Unleavened Bread). It had three purposes in Jesus' day:

1. commemoration of giving of the Law to Moses (cf. Jubliees 1:1)

2. thanksgiving to God for the harvest

3. an offering of the first fruits (i.e., a sign of YHWH's ownership of the whole harvest) of the grain harvest. The OT background is in Exod. 23:16-17; 34:22; Lev. 23:15-21; Num. 28:26-31 and Deut. 16:9-12.

 

NASB, NRSV"had come"
NKJV"had fully come"
TEV"came"
NJB"came around"

This is literally "had been filled." It is a present passive infinitive. This was a divine appointment and fulfillment of divine purpose. It is used only in Luke's writings (cf. Luke 8:23; 9:51; here; and a similar metaphor in Luke 2:6). Human history is calendared by YHWH.

M. R. Vincent, Word Studies, vol. 1, p. 224, reminds us that the Jews saw the day as a container to be filled. The time of Pentecost had fully come! It was also the time of God's special inauguration of the Age of the Spirit, the beginning of the church.

▣ "they were all together in one place" This phrase implies unity of both place and mind (cf. 1:14). It is not certain where this occurred. It was probably in the "upper room" (cf. Acts 1:13; "house," v. 2), but at some point the Temple is involved in this experience (cf. Luke 24:53; size of group in v. 47).

2:2 "came from heaven a noise like a violent rushing wind" In this entire section the emphasis is on the sound, not the wind or fire. This is similar to Gen. 3:8. In the OT the word ruah (BDB 924) is used of breath, wind, and Spirit (cf. Ezek. 37:9-14); in the NT pneuma is used of wind and the Holy Spirit (cf. John 3:5-8). The term wind in this verse is pnoē. It is used only here and in 17:25. The term pneuma is used of the Spirit in v. 4.

SPECIAL TOPIC: SPIRIT (PNEUMA) IN THE NT

2:3 "tongues as of fire distributing themselves" The text appears to describe a sound and light event. The light-like fire was at first unified, but broke into separate manifestations and gathered on each believer. Each person in the Upper Room—Apostles, Jesus' family members, and disciples—had visible confirmation of their inclusion. The church was one!

The Feast of Pentecost had developed in Judaism as a celebration of the giving of the Law to Moses on Mt. Sinai (when the tradition developed is uncertain, it was definitely by the second century a.d., but probably much earlier). Therefore, the loud wind and fire may be a reminder of the awesomeness of YHWH descending on Horeb (cf. Exod. 19:16).

In the OT fire symbolizes (1) the presence of deity; (2) judgement (cf. Isa. 66:15-18); or (3) purification (cf. Exod. 3:2; Deut. 5:4 and Matt. 3:11). Luke is using an analogy to try to express a unique occurrence of a physical manifestation of the Spirit. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: FIRE

▣ "each one of them" There was no distinction made between Apostles or disciples; men or women (cf. Joel 2:28-32; Acts 2:16-21).

2:4 "they were all filled with the Holy Spirit" This event is mentioned in Luke 24:49 and called "the promise of My Father." "Filling" is repeatable (cf. 2:4; 4:8,31; 6:3,5; 7:55; 9:17; 11:24; 13:9). It implies daily Christlikeness (cf. Eph. 5:18 compared with Col. 3:16). This is different from baptism of the Spirit, which denotes the initial Christian experience or incorporation into Christ (cf. I Cor. 12:13; Eph. 4:4-5). Filling is the spiritual empowering for effective ministry (cf. Eph. 5:18-20), here evangelism! See note at 3:10.

In many ways some segments of Evangelicalism have reacted to what they see as excess in the area of spiritual experience and have depreciated the NT emphasis on the Holy Spirit. Two books that have helped me work through this issue are by Gordon Fee.

1. Gospel and Spirit

2. Paul, the Spirit, and the People of God

See full note at 5:17.

NASB, NKJV"began to speak with other tongues"
NRSV"began to speak in other languages"
TEV"talk in other languages"
NJB"began to speak in different languages"

Literally it is "other tongues" (heterais glōssais). The translation "different languages" reflects the understanding of this term based on the context of vv. 6 and 11. The other possible translation is "ecstatic utterances," based on I Corinthians 12-14 and possibly Acts 2:13. It is uncertain how many different languages were being spoken, but it was many. If you try to add up all the countries and regions in vv. 9-11 it must have been well over twenty. Several of the 120 believers must have spoken the same language.

God did something unique and powerful to inspire this small group of frightened men and women waiting in a locked upper room to become bold proclaimers of the gospel (both men and women). Whatever this initial sign of the coming of the promised Holy Spirit was, God also used it to confirm His acceptance of other groups (e.g., Samaritans, Roman army officers, and Gentiles). "Tongues" in Acts was always a sign to believers that the gospel had overcome another ethnic, geographical barrier. There is a distinctive difference between the tongues of Acts and Paul's later ministry in Corinth (cf. I Corinthians 12-14).

Theologically it is possible that Pentecost is the direct opposite of the tower of Babel (cf. Genesis 10-11). As prideful, rebellious humans asserted their independence (i.e., refusal to disperse and fill the earth), God implemented His will by the insertion of multiple languages. Now, in the new age of the Spirit, the nationalism which impedes humans from uniting (i.e., one world government of the eschaton) has for believers been reversed. Christian fellowship across every human boundary (i.e., age, sex, class, geography, language) is the reversal of the consequences of Genesis 3.

"as the Spirit was giving them utterance" The verb is imperfect active indicative, meaning the Spirit began to give them. The word "utterance" (apophtheggomai) is a present passive (deponent) infinitive. This term is only used by Luke in Acts (cf. 2:4,14; 26:25). It is used in the Septuagint for the speaking of prophets (i.e., Spirit-inspired speech, cf. Deut. 32:2; I Chr. 25:1; Ezek. 13:9,19; Mic. 5:11; Zech. 10:2).

I prefer this interpretation to the Classical Greek etymological meaning "raised volume," "impassioned speaking," or "elevated rhetorical speaking." Luke knew the Septuagint and was influenced by its terminology. The Septuagint was the Bible of the Mediterranean world and became the Bible of the Church.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:5-13
 5Now there were Jews living in Jerusalem, devout men from every nation under heaven. 6And when this sound occurred, the crowd came together, and were bewildered because each one of them was hearing them speak in his own language. 7They were amazed and astonished, saying, "Why, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? 8"And how is it that we each hear them in our own language to which we were born? 9"Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and residents of Mesopotamia, Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, 10Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the districts of Libya around Cyrene, and visitors from Rome, both Jews and proselytes, 11Cretans and Arabs -- we hear them in our own tongues speaking of the mighty deeds of God." 12And they all continued in amazement and great perplexity, saying to one another, "What does this mean?" 13But others were mocking and saying, "They are full of sweet wine."

2:5 "devout" This term means "taking hold of something well" (cf. LXX Lev. 15:31; Micah 7:2). In the case of first century Judaism, it implies a reverence toward God and the traditions of the Elders (i.e., Oral Traditions, which became the Talmud). These were pious, religious men (cf. 8:2; 22:12; Luke 2:25). This is similar in meaning to "blameless" used of Noah and Job.

▣ "from every nation under heaven" All male Jews were strongly urged to attend the three major annual feast days (cf. Leviticus 23) at the Temple (cf. Deut. 16:16). There were

1. probably pilgrims from all over the Mediterranean area who had come to Jerusalem for Passover and stayed until Pentecost

2. permanent residents who had moved from somewhere outside of Jerusalem (cf. use of the word in 4:16; 7:24; 9:22,32)

This has great theological implications (cf. Matt. 28:19-20; Luke 24:47; Acts 1:8).

2:6 "when this sound occurred" This could refer to (1) the noise of the rushing wind (cf. v. 2) or (2) the believers speaking in other languages (cf. v. 4).

NASB, NRSV,
NJB"bewildered"
NKJV"confused"
TEV"excited"

This same term is used in the Septuagint in Gen. 11:7,9, relating to the confusion of languages at the Tower of Babel. I think Pentecost is the symbolic reversal of the nationalism begun at the Tower of Babel, first in punishment for mankind's sinful rejection of God's will to disperse and second for mankind's protection from a one-world government. The Jerome Biblical Commentary, vol. 2, p. 172, further reinforces this view by the use of diamezizō in Acts 2:3, which is a rare term, but also used in the Septuagint of Deut. 32:8 for dispersion of the Tower of Babel. Believers are no longer separated by nationality! See note at 9:22.

▣ "the crowd came together" This implies that this occurred in the Temple area because a great crowd could not fit in a small upper room or in the small streets of Jerusalem.

▣ "And how is it that we each hear them in our own language to which we were born" This may have been a miracle of hearing, not necessarily speaking (cf. vv. 8 and 11). If this many people, all speaking a different language, spoke at the same time it would be confusion. This is the theological reversal of The Tower of Babel (cf. Genesis11).

 This is the Greek term dialektos (cf. v. 8), from which we get the English term "dialect." Luke uses this term often in Acts (cf. 1:19; 2:6,8; 21:40; 22:2; 26:14). It is used in the sense of "language." However, in this context, dialect may be the intended meaning. These Jews heard about Jesus in their mother dialect. This was meant to be a confirming sign to them of the truthfulness of the new message about God and its universal inclusion!

2:7,12 Notice all the different terms expressing high emotions in this context.

1. sunechō, "bewildered" (v. 6)

2. existēmi, "amazed" (v. 7)

3. thaumazō, "astonished" (v. 7)

4. diaporeō, "perplexed" (v. 12)

 

▣ "Why, are not all these who are speaking Galileans" This rhetorical question (expecting a "yes" answer) was asked because of their northern accent (i.e., dialect, cf. Matt. 26:73). The word "why" reflects the Greek term idou (behold), used twenty three times in Acts and Luke.

2:9 "Parthians, Medes, Elamites, and residents of Mesopotamia" All of these groups were from the Fertile Crescent (Mesopotamia), where Abraham was called from (Ur of the Chaldees, cf. Gen. 11:28) and from where Israel and Judah had been exiled (Assyrian, Babylonian).

▣ "Judea" Why is Judea listed between two other unrelated countries? Why is it listed without the article, which would be grammatically correct? Why would it surprise people of Judea that Galileans spoke Aramaic? Because of these questions many have that supposed an early scribal error has occurred and this term refers to another nation.

1. Tertullian, Augustine – Armenia

2. Jerome – Syria

3. Chrysostom, Erasmus – India

4. for several modern suggestions see Bruce M. Metzger, A Textual Commentary on the Greek New Testament, p. 293.

 

2:9-10 "Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, Phrygia and Pamphylia" These were groups from modern Turkey.

2:10 "Egypt and the district of Libya around Cyrene" These were groups from North Africa.

▣ "from Rome" Jewish pilgrims who were converted on this occasion may have been the origin of the church in Rome.

▣ "proselytes" This refers to Gentile converts to Judaism who were required

1. to keep the Mosaic law

2. that males be circumcised 

3. to baptize themselves before witnesses

4. when possible to offer a sacrifice in the Temple

They were present in Jerusalem because all Jewish males were required to attend the three major feast days annually (cf. Exodus 23 and Leviticus 23).

2:11 "Cretans" This was a large island in the Mediterranean close to Turkey. It may have stood as a collective term for all the islands of the Aegean.

▣ "Arabs" This would refer to the descendants of Esau. There were numerous Arab tribes spread out across the southern Near East. This list represented to Jewish people of the first century the entire known world. It may be a metaphor similar to the seventy languages of the world as a Jewish symbol of all humanity (cf. Luke 10). This same idea is expressed in Deut. 32:8 in the LXX.

2:12 These pilgrims recognized this special event as a sign of significance. Peter seizes the moment to answer their questions.

2:13 "They are full" This is a Periphrastic perfect passive indicative, which asserts that these disciples had drunk themselves into a state of drunkenness and they remained intoxicated.

▣ "sweet wine" One explanation of the situation was that these followers of Jesus were drunk (cf. Eph. 5:18a). How did drunkenness explain the linguistic abilities? I am sure there was also an atmosphere of excitement and joy. 

SPECIAL TOPIC: BIBLICAL ATTITUDES TOWARD ALCOHOL AND ALCOHOLISM

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2: 14-21
 14But Peter, taking his stand with the eleven, raised his voice and declared to them: "Men of Judea and all you who live in Jerusalem, let this be known to you and give heed to my words. 15"For these men are not drunk, as you suppose, for it is only the third hour of the day; 16but this is what was spoken of through the prophet Joel: 17'And it shall be in the last days,' God says, ‘, ‘That I will pour forth of My Spirit on all mankind; And your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, And your young men shall see visions, And your old men shall dream dreams; 18Even on My bondslaves, both men and women will in those days pour forth of My Spirit And they shall prophesy. 19'And I will grant wonders in the sky above And signs on the earth below, Blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke. 20'The sun will be turned into darkness And the moon into blood, Before the great and glorious day of the Lord shall come. 21'And it shall be that everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved.'

2:14 "Peter" Just think, of all the disciples, Peter was the one to preach the first Christian sermon! The one who denied knowing Jesus three times (cf. Luke 23)! Peter's change from cowardice and denial to boldness and spiritual insight is another evidence that the age of the Spirit had dawned with life-changing power. This is his first recorded sermon in Acts. It shows us the content and emphasis of the preaching of the Apostles. These apostolic sermons form an important part of Acts.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KERYGMA OF THE EARLY CHURCH

▣ "with the eleven" This shows two things: (1) Peter is the spokesman, but still part of the Apostolic group. He does not speak alone or on his own authority. The Spirit speaks uniquely through this whole group of called, eyewitnesses and (2) Matthias, though we know nothing about his ministry, has officially become part of the Apostolic group.

▣ "Men of Judea and all who live in Jerusalem" The people addressed here seem to be different from the pilgrims delineated by nationality in vv. 7-11.

▣ "Let this be known to you and give heed" These are both imperatives. The first is a present active and the second an aorist middle (deponent). Peter wants their undivided attention.

This phrase is apparently a Semitic idiom. It is used twice to introduce Peter's sermons (cf. 2:14; 4:10) and twice with Paul (cf. 13:38; 28:28). Luke was a Gentile convert as an adult. This vestige of Semitic idioms shows that Luke does not create the sermons in Acts for his own theological purposes, but faithfully summarizes his sources.

2:15 "these men are not drunk" Peter, responding to the charge in v. 13, says it was too early for Orthodox Jews to drink wine. This follows the rabbinical interpretation of Exod. 16:8 (cf. E. M. Blaiklock, Tyndale NT Commentary Series, Acts, p. 58).

▣ "third hour" This would have been 9:00 a.m. It was the time of the daily morning sacrifice in the Temple. It had become a special prayer time for Jews. The "third hour" is a Jewish time indicator. New Testament authors (esp. John) use both Jewish and Roman time indicators.

2:16 "this is what was spoken of through the prophet Joel" This is a quote from Joel 2:28-32 from the Septuagint. Jesus Himself may have been the source of identifying this prophetic passage as being fulfilled (cf. Luke 24:27,45).

2:17 "in the last days" This phrase is Luke's alteration of the Septuagint's text and should not be in capital letters. In the OT this phrase referred to the end of time and the coming of the Messianic Age. In the NT the "last days" referred to the overlapping of the two Jewish ages. The New Age began at Jesus' incarnation in Bethlehem and will last until His Second Coming. We live in the tension between "the already" and "the not yet" of the Kingdom of God. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THIS AGE AND THE AGE TO COME

▣ "God says" Codex Bezae, MS D, has kurios (Lord). Does Kurios refer to OT YHWH or to Jesus, the Messiah? It is surely possible that Theos (God) was a scribal attempt to clarify the speaker.

▣ "I will pour forth My Spirit on all mankind" Note the universal element (cf. v. 39). All the old traditional barriers are down in Christ (cf. I Cor. 12:13; Gal. 3:28; Eph. 3:6; Col. 3:11). Although no Jew-Gentile distinction is mentioned in Joel 2, notice v. 38, which implies no distinctions. YHWH is sharing His Spirit with all humans made in His image (literally, "all flesh"), which is asserted in Gen. 1:26-27.

▣ "sons and your daughters shall prophesy. . .both men and women, I will pour forth My Spirit" This may be a specific fulfillment of Num. 11:29. Note that there is no gender distinction.

SPECIAL TOPIC: WOMEN IN THE BIBLE

▣ "prophecy" There are at least two ways to understand this term: (1) in the Corinthian letters this term refers to sharing or proclaiming the gospel (cf. 14:1; Acts 2:17) (2) the book of Acts mentions prophets (cf. 12:27; 13:1; 15:32; 22:10, even prophetesses, 21:9), who predict the future (see Special Topic at 11:27).

The problem with this term is, how does the NT gift of prophecy relate to OT prophets? In the OT prophets are the writers of Scripture. In the NT this task is given to the original twelve Apostles and their helpers. As the term "apostle" is retained as an ongoing gift (cf. Eph. 4:11) but with a changed tasks after the death of the Twelve, so too, the office of prophet. Inspiration has ceased, there is no further inspired Scripture (cf. Jude 3,20). New Testament prophets' primary task is the proclamation of the gospel, but also a different task, possibly how to apply NT truths to current situations and needs.

▣ "young men. . .old men" Note that there is no age distinction.

2:18 "even on my bondslaves" Notice that there is no socioeconomic discrimination. Peter has added the term "prophesy" to Joel's prophecy. It is not in the Masoretic Hebrew text or the Greek Septuagint, but it is implied from v. 17.

As Luke 24 (vv. 3,6,12,17,32,36,40,51) has several textual variants, so too, Acts (i.e., 2:11,18,37,44). These variants are often related to a shorter text found in MS D (Bezae from the 5th century) and in a few Old Latin versions (itd from the 5th century). Usually this western family of Greek manuscripts adds phrases, but in Luke/Acts it has the shorter readings. Most English translations include all the Alexandrian family of manuscripts' longer version.

See Introduction to Acts, "Opening Statements," E.

2:19-20 This is apocalyptic language, which is obvious because Peter asserts that this was fulfilled, yet none of these specific natural phenomena occurred, except possibly the darkness while Jesus was on the cross. It speaks in figurative language of the coming of the Creator and Judge. In the OT His comings may be for blessing or judgment. All creation convulses at His approach (cf. Isa. 13:6ff and Amos 5:18-20). In the OT prophecy there is no obvious distinction between the Incarnation (first coming) and the Parousia (second coming). The Jews were expecting only one coming and that of a powerful Judge/Deliverer. A very helpful book on apocalyptic language is D. Brent Sandy, Plowshares and Pruning Hooks: Rethinking Prophetic and Apocalyptic Language.

SPECIAL TOPIC: APOCALYPTIC LITERATURE

2:20 "the Great and Glorious Day of the Lord" The term "glorious" is from the same root as epiphaneia, which is often used of Jesus' Second Coming (cf. I Tim. 6:14; II Tim. 4:1; Titus 2:13). See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE SECOND COMING

2:21 "everyone" Here is the universal element again (cf. vv. 17 and 39). Jesus died for the sin/sins of the entire world (cf. John 1:12; 3:16; 4:42; I Tim. 2:4; Titus 2:11; II Pet. 3:9; I John 2:1; 4:14). Notice the Spirit is poured on all mankind (cf. v. 17).

▣ "who calls" This is an aorist middle subjunctive. Human response is part of God's plan for salvation (cf. Joel 2:32; John 1:12, 3:16; and Romans 10:9-13). Individual human beings are called (cf. 2:39) on to repent (cf. 2:38) and believe the gospel, and to enter into a personal relationship with God through Christ (cf. 3:16,19; 20:21; Mark 1:15). Jesus died for the whole world; the mystery is why some respond to the Spirit's wooing (cf. John 6:44,65) and some do not (cf. II Cor. 4:4).

▣ "on the name of the Lord" This refers to the character of Jesus or teachings about Him. It has both the personal and doctrinal element.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE NAME OF THE LORD

▣ "will be saved" In this context, this refers to spiritual salvation, while in Joel it probably meant physical deliverance from God's wrath (cf. v. 40). The term "saved" is used in the OT of physical deliverance (cf. Matt. 9:22; Mark 6:56; James 5:14,20). However, in the NT it was used metaphorically of spiritual salvation or deliverance from God's wrath (ex. James 1:21; 2:14; 4:12). God's heart beats for the salvation of all men and women made in His image (cf. Gen. 1:26-27); made for fellowship!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:22-28
 22"Men of Israel, listen to these words: Jesus the Nazarene, a man attested to you by God with miracles and wonders and signs which God performed through Him in your midst, just as you yourselves know --23this Man, delivered over by the predetermined plan and foreknowledge of God, you nailed to a cross by the hands of godless men and put Him to death. 24"But God raised Him up again, putting an end to the agony of death, since it was impossible for Him to be held in its power. 25"For David says of Him, ‘I saw the Lord always in my presence; For He is at my right hand, so that I will not be shaken. 26'Therefore my heart was glad and my tongue exulted; Moreover my flesh also will live in hope; 27Because You will not abandon my soul to Hades, Nor allow Your Holy One to undergo decay. 28'You have made known to me the ways of life; You will make me full of gladness with Your presence.'

2:22 "Men of Israel" These hearers were eyewitnesses to the events of the last week of Jesus' earthly life. They had first-hand knowledge of what Peter was talking about. Those who had spiritual insight responded to the gospel, about three thousand to the first sermon (cf. v. 41).

▣ "listen" This is an aorist active imperative. The Spirit's physical manifestation got their attention; now comes the gospel message.

▣ "Jesus the Nazarene" It is often assumed that this is just a parallel to "Jesus of Nazareth." But, this is a rather unusual way to express this. It is just possible that this phrase reflects the Messianic title, "the Branch" (BDB 666, cf. Isa. 4:2; 6:13; 11:1,10; 14:19; 53:2; Jer. 23:5; 33:15-16; Zech. 3:8; 6:12-13). The Hebrew term for "branch" is nezer.

SPECIAL TOPIC: JESUS THE NAZARENE

▣ "a man attested to you by God" Jesus is surely human (i.e., v. 23; Rom. 1:3), as well as divine (cf. I John 4:1-3).

This is a perfect passive participle. The term means "shown by demonstration." God has clearly and repeatedly revealed Himself in Jesus' words, deeds, and lifestyle. These Jerusalem hearers had seen and heard!

▣ "with miracles and wonders and signs" These hearers were eyewitnesses of all that Jesus did in Jerusalem the last week of His life.

 The term "wonders" (teras) meant an unusual sign, usually occurring in the heavens, like vv. 19-20.

The term "signs" (sēmeion) denotes a special event which conveys meaning or significance. This is a key term in John's Gospel (seven special signs, cf. 2:1-11; 4:46-54; 5:1-18; 6:1-15,16-21; 9:1-41; 11:1-57). Signs are not always seen in a positive light (cf. John 2:18; 4:48; 6:2). Here it is used as a series of power manifestations which reveal that the new age of the Spirit has begun!

It is interesting that Peter does not spend any time in the first sermon (at least the summary in Acts 2) about Jesus' early life and teachings. The fulfillment of OT prophecy, His predetermined sacrificial death, and His glorious resurrection are the main points.

2:23 "This man" This may be an idiom of contempt (cf. 5:28; 6:13; Luke 23:14; John 9:16; 18:29), but in Acts 23:9 and 20:31-32it is not a negative idiom. Again the humanity of Jesus is emphasized (cf. v. 22)

▣ "delivered over" This term (ekdotos) is found only here in the NT.

NASB"the predetermined plan"
NKJV"the determined counsel"
NRSV"the definite plan"
TEV"God's own plan"
NJB"the deliberate intention"

This is the term horizō in its perfect passive participle form. Its basic meaning is to determine, to appoint, or to fix. In the OT it is used of setting boundaries of land or desires. Luke uses it often (cf. Luke 22:22; Acts 2:23; 10:42; 11:29; 17:26,31). The cross was not a surprise to God, but had always been His chosen mechanism (i.e., sacrificial system of Leviticus 1-7) for bringing redemption to rebellious humanity (cf. Gen. 3:15; Isa. 53:10; Mark 10:45; II Cor. 5:21).

Jesus' death was no accident. It was the eternal, redemptive plan of God (cf. Luke 22:22; Acts 3:18; 4:28; 13:29; 26:22-23). Jesus came to die (cf. Mark. 10:45)! The cross was no accident!

▣ "foreknowledge of God" This is the term prognosis (to know before), used only here and in I Pet. 1:2. This concept of God's knowing all of human history is difficult for us to reconcile with human free will. God is an eternal, spiritual being who is not limited by temporal sequence. Although He controls and shapes history, humans are responsible for their motives and acts. Foreknowledge does not affect God's love and election. If so, then it would be conditional on future human effort and merit. God is sovereign and He has chosen that His Covenant followers have some freedom of choice in responding to Him (cf. Rom. 8:29; I Pet. 1:20).

There are two extremes in this area of theology: (1) freedom pushed too far: some say God does not know the future choices and actions of humans (Open Theism, which is a philosophical extension of Process Thought) and (2) sovereignty pushed too far, which becomes God choosing some to heaven and some to hell (supralapsarianism, double-edged Calvinism). I prefer Psalm 139!

▣ "you" Peter asserts the guilt and duplicity for Jesus' death to these Jerusalem hearers (cf. 3:13-15; 4:10; 5:30; 10:39; 13:27,28). They were not part of this rabble that called for His crucifixion; they were not members of the Sanhedrin that brought Him to Pilate; they were not Roman officials or soldiers who crucified Him, but they are responsible, as we are responsible. Human sin and rebellion forced His death!

▣ "nailed to a cross" Literally this is the term "fastening" (prospēgnumi). It is used only here in the NT. It implies both a nailing and a tying to a cross. In 5:30 the same process was described as "hanging on a tree." The Jewish leaders did not want Jesus stoned for blasphemy as Stephen later was (cf. Acts 7), but they wanted Him crucified (Louw and Nida say this hapax legomenon may be equivalent to stauroō, crucify, [p. 237 footnote 9]). This was probably connected to the curse of Deut. 21:23. Originally this curse related to public impaling and improper burial, but by Jesus' day the rabbis had linked it to crucifixion. Jesus bore the curse of the OT law for all believers (cf. Gal. 3:13; Col. 2:14).

▣ "godless men" Literally this is "lawless men" and refers to the Romans.

2:24 "God raised Him" The NT affirms that all three persons of the Trinity were active in Jesus' resurrection:

1. the Spirit (cf. Rom. 8:11)

2. the Son (cf. John 2:19-22; 10:17-18)

3. and most frequently the Father (cf. Acts 2:24,32; 3:15,26; 4:10; 5:30; 10:40; 13:30,33,34,37; 17:31; Rom. 6:4,9)

The Father's actions were confirmation of His acceptance of Jesus' life, death, and teachings. This was a major aspect of the early preaching of the Apostles. See Special Topic: The Kerygma at 2:14.

▣ "putting an end to the agony of death" This term can mean (1) literally, birth pains (Classical Greek, cf. Rom. 8:22) (2) metaphorically the problems before the Second Coming (cf. Matt. 24:8; Mark 13:8; I Thess. 5:3). Possibly it reflects the Hebrew terms "snare" or "noose" in Ps. 18:4-5 and 116:3, which were OT metaphors of judgment (cf. Isa. 13:6-8; Jer. 4:31).

▣ "since it was impossible for Him to be held in its power" John 20:9 also links Jesus' resurrection to OT prophecy (cf. vv. 25-28). Jesus went to Hades for a purpose (cf. I Pet. 3:19; 4:6). When He left He took the righteous believers with Him (cf. II Cor. 5:6,8)!

2:25 "For David says of Him" This is a quote from Ps. 16:8-11. Peter is asserting that Psalm 16 is Messianic (as does Paul in 13:36; these are the only two quotes of Psalm 16 in the NT) and that it refers directly to Jesus. Jesus' resurrection is the Psalmists hope and the NT believer's hope.

2:26 "hope" This term is not used in the Gospels, but is used in Acts to describe the faith of believers in the future consummation of the gospel promises (cf. 23:6; 24:15; 26:6,7; 28:20). It is used often in Paul's writing, but in several senses connected to the eternal redemptive plan of God. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: HOPE

2:27 "hades" This is the Greek term for the holding place of the dead. It is equivalent to the Hebrew term Sheol in the OT. In the OT the afterlife was described as a conscious existence with one's family, but there was no joy or fellowship. Only the progressive revelation of the NT more clearly defined the afterlife (i.e., heaven and hell).

SPECIAL TOPIC: Where Are the Dead?

▣ "‘Nor allow your holy one to undergo decay'" This was an obvious Messianic reference relating to the death, but not corruption of the Promised One, the Anointed One, the Holy One (cf. Ps. 49:15 and 86:13).

2:28 "you will make me full of gladness with your presence" This phrase implies a personal, joyful experience with the Father (vv. 22-28) in heaven by means of the death of the Messiah (cf. Isa. 53:10-12). This same positive view of personal fellowship with God in the afterlife is recorded in Job 14:14-15; 19:25-27.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:29-36
 29"Brethren, I may confidently say to you regarding the patriarch David that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us to this day. 30"And so, because he was a prophet and knew that God had sworn to him with an oath to seat one of his descendants on his throne, 31he looked ahead and spoke of the resurrection of the Christ, that He was neither abandoned to Hades, nor did His flesh suffer decay. 32"This Jesus God raised up again, to which we are all witnesses. 33"Therefore having been exalted to the right hand of God, and having received from the Father the promise of the Holy Spirit, He has poured forth this which you both see and hear. 34"For it was not David who ascended into heaven, but he himself says: ‘The Lord said to my Lord, "Sit at My right hand, 35Until I make Your enemies a footstool for Your feet."' 36"Therefore let all the house of Israel know for certain that God has made Him both Lord and Christ—this Jesus whom you crucified."

2:29-31 It is not easy for modern western readers to follow Peter's analysis of this Psalm because he is using rabbinical hermeneutical procedures (this is also true of the book of Hebrews). Peter may have heard this argument in the synagogue for the coming Messiah and now knows it refers to Jesus of Nazareth.

2:29 Peter shows that Psalm 16, although in some ways referring to David (especially 16:10b), cannot completely refer to David.

2:30 "he was a prophet" The Jews believed that God spoke through prophets. Moses is called a prophet (cf. Deut. 18:18). The OT books of Joshua, Judges, I and II Samuel, and I and II Kings were known in the Jewish canon as "the former prophets." After the death of the last prophet, Malachi, the rabbis considered revelation as ceasing. It was in this Jewish sense of the term (i.e., Scripture writer) that David is considered a prophet. Earlier in the OT God had revealed to Moses (cf. Genesis 49) that the Messiah would be from the tribe of Judah. In II Samuel 7 God revealed that He would be of the royal line of David. In Psalm 110 God further revealed that He would also be of the priestly line of Melchizedek (cf vv. 34-35).

▣ "God had sworn to him with an oath to seat one of his descendants on his throne" This is a summary or composite reference to II Sam. 7:11-16; Ps. 89:3-4; or 132:11. This shows that God's ancient intent is to be fulfilled in Jesus of Nazareth. His death and resurrection were not plan B, but God's pre-determined, pre-creation plan of redemption (cf. Eph. 2:11-3:13).

2:31 "the Christ" This is the Greek translation of "the Messiah" or literally "the Anointed One." Not only was Jesus son of David, King of Israel, but Son of God and seated on the heavenly throne (cf. Psalm 110).

SPECIAL TOPIC: MESSIAH

"He was neither abandoned to Hades, nor did His flesh suffer decay" This is not marked off as an OT quote in the 1995 NASB (updated) text. It is obviously referring to Psalm 16.

For "flesh" see Special Topic below.

SPECIAL TOPIC: FLESH (sarx)

2:32-33 "Jesus. . .God. . .Spirit" Although the word "trinity" is never used in the Bible, the concept of a triune God is demanded by (1) the deity of Jesus and (2) the personality of the Spirit. The Bible communicates this concept by mentioning the three persons of the Trinity in a single context (cf. Acts 2:32-33; Matt. 28:19; I Cor. 12:4-6; II Cor. 1:21-22; 13:14; Eph. 4:4-6 and I Pet. 1:2).

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE TRINITY

2:32 "This Jesus God raised up again" See full note at 2:24.

▣ "to which we are all witnesses" This refers to those who saw the resurrected Christ. See chart of the post-resurrection appearances from Paul Barnett, Jesus and the Rise of Early Christianity, p. 185, at 1:3 (p. 9).

2:33 "to the right hand of God" This is an anthropomorphic metaphor for the place of power, authority, and intercession (cf. I John 2:1), which is taken from Ps. 110:1 (quoted more than any other Psalm in the NT) or Ps. 118:16. God is eternal Spirit, present throughout physical and spiritual creation. Humans must use earth-bound language and concepts to speak of Him, but they are all (1) negations (2) analogies or (3) metaphors. Even the word "Father" to describe God or "Son" to describe Jesus are metaphorical. All metaphors break down at some point. They are meant to convey a central truth or concept about deity. Be careful of literalness! Surely you do not expect to see an old man, a young man on a throne and a white bird circling overhead when you get to heaven. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: GOD DESCRIBED AS A HUMAN (anthropomorphic language)

▣ "the promise of the Holy Spirit" The OT promised a new day of Spirit-led righteousness, made operative by the work of the Messiah.

1. John 7:39, the new day has arrived

2. Gal. 3:14, the blessing of Abraham (cf. Gen. 12:3) is now available to the whole world

3. Eph. 1:13, believers in this new age are sealed by the Spirit.

 

"which you both see and hear" This is the continuing emphasis in this sermon on the eyewitness nature of these hearers (cc. 14,22,32,33,36). They knew what Peter said was true because they were there. Lawyers call this primary source evidence.

2:34 "the Lord said to my lord" This is a quote from Psalm 110:1 (YHWH...Adon). Jesus uses it in Matt. 22:41-46. In the NT it shows the dual aspect of the kingdom; Jesus is already at God's right, but His enemies are not yet His footstool. See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KINGDOM OF GOD at 1:3.

2:36 "Let all the house of Israel" This refers to the Jewish leadership and people, the very ones Peter is addressing. He is asserting that OT prophecy is fulfilled and culminated in Jesus of Nazareth. See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KINGDOM OF GOD at 1:3.

NASB"know for certain"
NKJV"know assuredly"
NRSV"know with certainty"
TEV"know for sure"
NJB"can be certain"

This reflects two Greek words, the adverb aphalōs, which means "to fasten securely" (metaphorically with certainty, cf. 16:23) and the present active imperative of ginōskō, "to know." These eyewitnesses of Jesus' last week, death, and resurrection could have no doubt about the truthfulness of Peter's words.

▣ "Lord and Christ" The term "lord" (kurios) can be used in a general sense or in a specific theological sense (cf. v. 21). It can mean "mister," "sir," "master," "owner," "husband," or "the full God-man." The OT usage of this term (adon) came from the Jews' reluctance to pronounce the covenant name for God, YHWH, from the Hebrew verb "to be" (cf. Exod. 3:14). They were afraid of breaking the commandment which said, "Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain" (cf. Exod. 20:7, Deut. 5:11). They thought if they did not pronounce it, they could not take it in vain. So, they substituted the Hebrew wordadonai, which had a similar meaning to the Greek word, Kurios (Lord). The NT authors used this term to describe the full Deity of Christ. The phrase "Jesus is Lord" was the public confession of faith and baptismal formula of the early church (cf. Rom. 10:9-13; I Cor. 12:3; Phil. 2:11). See Special Topic: Names for Deity at 1:6.

"Christ" was the Greek equivalent of the Hebrew term messiah, which meant "an anointed one" (cf. 2:31,36; 3:18,20; 4:26; 5:42; 8:5; 9:22; 17:3; 18:5,28; 26:23). It implied "one called and equipped by God for a specific task." In the OT three groups of leaders: priests, kings, and prophets, were anointed. Jesus fulfilled all three of these anointed offices (cf. Heb. 1:2-3). See SPECIAL TOPIC: MESSIAH at 2:31.

By using both of these OT titles for Jesus of Nazareth, Luke asserts both His deity (cf. Phil. 2:6-11, see Special Topic at 2:32) and His Messiahship (cf. Luke 2:11). This surely sets the stage for the proclamation (kerygma) of the other sermons in Acts!

See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KERYGMA OF THE EARLY CHURCH at 2:14.

▣ "this Jesus whom you crucified" Peter accused these inhabitants of Jerusalem with duplicity in Jesus' death. All fallen humans are equally involved in the guilt. See note at 2:23.

▣ "this Jesus" The designation "this Jesus" (cf. 2:23,32,36) links Peter's proclamation of the historical Jesus to the resurrected, exalted Christ. Both concepts are true. There is no biblical distinction between the early Jesus and the Jesus of faith!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:37-42
 37Now when they heard this, they were pierced to the heart, and said to Peter and the rest of the apostles, "Brethren, what shall we do?" 38Peter said to them, "Repent, and each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins; and you will receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. 39"For the promise is for you and your children and for all who are far off, as many as the Lord our God will call to Himself." 40And with many other words he solemnly testified and kept on exhorting them, saying, "Be saved from this perverse generation!" 41So then, those who had received his word were baptized; and that day there were added about three thousand souls. 42They were continually devoting themselves to the apostles' teaching and to fellowship, to the breaking of bread and to prayer.

2:37 "they were pierced to the heart" This is the Greek term kata plus nussō. The root word is used in John 19:34 for Jesus being nailed to the cross. Peter's sermon nailed these hearers to the truth of the gospel. This obviously refers to the necessary conviction of the Holy Spirit which precedes salvation (cf. John 16:8-11; Rom. 3:21-31).

2:38 "Repent" This is an aorist active imperative, which means make a decisive decision. The Hebrew term for repentance meant a change of action. The Greek term meant a change of mind. Repentance is a willingness to change. It does not mean a total cessation of sin, but a desire to please God, not self. As fallen humanity we live for ourselves, but as believers we live for God! Repentance and faith are God's requirements for salvation (cf. Mark 1:15; Acts 3:16, 19; 20:21). Jesus said "Unless you repent, you will all perish" (cf Luke. 13:3,5). Repentance is God's will for fallen man (cf. II Pet. 3:9, Ezek. 18:23, 30, 32). The mystery of the sovereignty of God and human free will can be clearly demonstrated by repentance as a requirement for salvation. However, the paradox or dialectic pair is that it is also a gift of God (cf. 5:31; 11:18 and II Tim. 2:25). There is always a tension in the biblical presentation of God's initiating grace and humanity's needed covenantal response. The new covenant, like the old covenant, has an "if. . .then" structure. There are several terms used in the NT which relate to the concept of repentance.

SPECIAL TOPIC: REPENTANCE IN THE OLD TESTAMENT

▣ "be baptized" This is another aorist passive imperative. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: BAPTISM

▣ "in the name of Jesus Christ" This is a Hebrew idiom (reflected in Joel 2:32) which refers to the person or character of Jesus. It may be that the early church's baptismal formula, which was probably repeated by the candidate, was "I believe Jesus is Lord" (cf. Rom. 10:9-13; I Cor. 1:13,15). This was both a theological affirmation and a personal trust affirmation. In the Great Commission of Matt. 28:19-20 the triune name is the baptismal formula. Again we must guard against a mechanical sacramentalism! The title or formula is not the key, but the heart of the one being baptized.

For "Christ" see Special Topic at 2:31.

NASB, NJB,
NIV"for the forgiveness of your sins"
NKJV"for the remission of sins"
NRSV"so that your sins may be forgiven"
TEV"so that your sins will be forgiven"

The theological question is how does "for" (eis) function? Is forgiveness linked to "repent" or "be baptized"? Is forgiveness dependent on repentance and/or baptism?

The possible uses of eis are multiple. The most common use is "with a view to" or "for this purpose of." Most Baptist scholars choose "because of" for theological reasons, but it is a minor option. Often our presuppositions even function at this grammatical analysis level. We must let the Bible speak in context; then check the parallels; then form our systematic theologies. All interpreters are historically, denominationally, and experientially conditioned.

Forgiveness through faith in Christ is a recurrent theme in these sermons in Acts (i.e., Peter 2:38; 3:19; 5:31; 10:43; and Paul 13:38).

▣ "receive the gift of the Holy Spirit" This is a Future middle (deponent) indicative. The gift of the Spirit was

1. an assured salvation

2. an indwelling presence

3. an equipping for service

4. a developing Christlikeness

We must not push the items or the order of the events of salvation because they are often different in Acts. Acts was not meant to teach a standard formula or theological sequence (cf. How To Read the Bible for All Its Worth, pp. 94-112), but record what happened.

Should an interpreter use this text to assert a sequence of salvation acts: repent, be baptized, forgiveness, and then the gift of the Spirit? My theology demands the Spirit as active from the first (cf. John 6:44,65) and crucial all through the process of conviction (cf. John 16:8-12), repentance (cf. 5:31; 11:18; II Tim. 2:25), and faith. The Spirit is primary and necessary (cf. Rom. 8:9) from start to finish. He certainly cannot be last in a series!

One of the books that has helped me shed my denominational indoctrination and let the Bible speak with power is F. F. Bruce, Answers to Questions. In it he makes several good comments about Acts 2:38. One that grabbed me is:

"This reception of the spirit might be experienced before baptism (Acts 10:44), after baptism (Acts 2:38), or after baptism plus the laying on of apostolic hands (Acts 8:16; 19:54)" (p. 167).

Moderns want clear statements of doctrine which can be affirmed, but usually they react to a "proof-text" method of interpretation and isolate only those texts that fit their pre-understanding, biases (see seminar on Biblical Interpretation, www.freebiblecommentary.org )

2:39 "the promise is for you and your children" This was an OT corporate, multi-generational, familial concept (cf. Exod. 20:5-6 and Deut. 5:9-10; 7:9). The faith of the children was affected by the parents and was the parents' responsibility (cf. Deut. 4:9; 6:6-7; 20-25; 11:19; 32:46). This corporate influence also has a frightful aspect in light of Matt. 27:25 ("His blood be on us and our children").

The promise of multi-generational faith influence helps me trust that God will use my faith to influence, bless, and protect my descendants (cf. Deut. 7:9). This does not deny personal responsibility, but adds an element of corporate influence. My faith and faithful service in Christ does impact my family and their family and so forth (cf. Deut. 7:9). What a comforting hope and motivational promise. Faith runs through families!

In Acts the promise (2:39) of God involves several items with OT links:

1. forgiveness of sins – 2:38; 3:19; 5:31; 10:43; 13:38-39; 26:18

2. salvation – 2:21; 4:12; 11:14; 13:26; 16:31

3. the Spirit – 2:38-39; 3:19; 5:32; 8:15-18; 10:44-48; 19:6

4. times of refreshing – 3:19

 

▣ "for all who are far off" Peter is addressing Jewish people. This phrase originally referred to exiled Jews who would be brought back to the Promised Land (cf. Isa. 57:19). However, it also, in some passages, seemed to refer to the Gentiles who were so far from a knowledge of YHWH (cf. Isa. 49:1; Zech. 6:15). The good news of the gospel is that the one true God (i.e., monotheism) who created all humans in His image (cf. Gen. 1:26-27), desires to have fellowship with all of them (cf. I Tim. 2:4; II Pet. 3:9). This is the hope of the unity of all humans in Christ. In Him there are no more Jews-Gentiles, slaves-free, men-women, but all are one (cf. Eph. 2:11-3:13). Paul uses this very quote addressing Gentiles in Eph. 2:13 & 17. The new age of the Spirit has brought an unexpected unity!

SPECIAL TOPIC: MONOTHEISM

▣ "as many as the Lord our God will call to Himself" This is an aorist middle (deponent) subjunctive. It originally referred to scattered Judaism. God always takes the initiative (middle voice, cf. John 6:44,65). From Ezek. 18:32; John 3:16; I Tim. 2:4; II Pet. 3:9 we know He calls all humans, at some level, to Himself. But, they must respond (i.e., subjunctive mood).

The terms "many" and "all" are biblically parallel (compare Isa. 53:6, "all" with Isa. 53:11,12, "many" or Rom. 5:18, "all" with Rom. 5:19, "many"). God's heart beats for a lost humanity made in His image (cf. Gen. 1:26-27), created for fellowship with Him (cf. Gen. 3:8)!

2:40 "with many other words" This is textual evidence that the sermons recorded in Acts are summaries. This is also true of Jesus' teaching and preaching in the Gospels. We presuppositionally affirm the inspiration and accuracy of these summaries. The first century world was accustomed to oral presentations and their retention.

▣ "solemnly testified" This Greek term (dia plus marturomai) is popular with Luke (cf. 2:40; 8:25; 10:42; 18:5; 20:21,23,24; 23:11; 28:23; Luke 16:28). The gospel has an urgency and ultimacy that cannot be ignored in either proclamation or hearing.

▣ "kept on exhorting them" Man must respond to God's offer in Christ (cf John 1:12; 3:16; Rom. 10:9-13). This is the paradox of God's sovereignty and human free will (cf. Phil. 2:12-13).

NASB, NKJV"Be saved"
NRSV, TEV,
NJB"Save yourselves"

The inflected form of this term is aorist passive imperative, but as you can tell, NRSV, TEV, and NJB translate it as middle voice. This is the theological tension concerning salvation (cf. Phil. 2:12-13). Is it all of God, or must the hearer allow God to work in his/her life?

The Greek term "saved" (sōsō) reflects a Hebrew concept (yasha, BDB 446, cf. Exod. 14:30) of physical deliverance (cf. James 5:15,20), while in the NT usage it takes on the connotation of spiritual deliverance or salvation (cf. James 1:21; 2:14; 4:12).

SPECIAL TOPIC: SALVATION (GREEK VERB TENSES)

▣ "this perverse generation" This may be an allusion to Deut. 32:5 and Ps. 78:8. The OT root for the terms "right," "righteous," "just," "justice" was "a river reed" (see Special Topic at 3:14). It became a construction metaphor, a measuring reed, or straight standard. God chose this metaphor to describe His own character. God is the standard! Most of the words for sin in Hebrew and Greek refer to a deviation from this standard (i.e., crooked, perverse). All humans need to be saved and restored.

2:41

NASB"received"
NKJV"gladly received"
NRSV"welcomed"
TEV"believed"
NJB"accepted"

This is an aorist middle participle of apodechomai. Louw and Nida, Greek-English Lexicon, list three uses of this term (cf. vol.2, p. 28).

1. welcome a person

2. accept something or someone as true and respond appropriately

3. acknowledge the truth or value of something or someone

Luke uses this word often (cf. Luke 8:40; 9:11; Acts 2:41; 18:27; 24:3; 28:30). The gospel is a person to be welcomed, truth about that person to believe, and a life like that person's to live. All three are crucial.

▣ "were baptized" Baptism was a religious expectation for Jews as they entered the temple. Proselytes were self-baptized. This was an expected religious event for these hearers but with new meaning. Jesus was baptized (Matt. 3:13-17); Jesus commanded us to baptize (Matt. 28:19)—that settles that! The NT knows nothing of unbaptized believers. It seems to me that this was a clear break with Judaism and the start of the new people of God (i.e., the Church, cf. Gal. 6:16).

"three thousand souls" This is a round number, but a large number. Peter's message struck home to these eyewitnesses. They were ready to make the leap of faith required to believe.

1. Jesus was the Messiah

2. the Messiah was meant to suffer

3. faith in Him was the only way to forgiveness

4. baptism was appropriate

This required a decisive, immediate, life-changing decision (as it does today)! See Special Topic: Kerygma at 2:14.

2:42 "They were continually devoting themselves" Luke uses this concept often (cf. 1:14; 2:42,46; 6:4; 8:13; 10:7). Notice the things they did when together:

1. teaching (cf. 2:42; 4:2,18; 5:21,25,28,42)

2. fellowship

3. breaking of bread (i.e., this possibly refers to the Lord's Supper, see note at v. 46)

4. prayer (cf. vv. 43-47)

These are the things we must teach new believers! These new converts were hungry for truth and community. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: KOINŌNIA

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:43-47
 43Everyone kept feeling a sense of awe; and many wonders and signs were taking place through the apostles. 44And all those who had believed were together and had all things in common; 45and they began selling their property and possessions and were sharing them with all, as anyone might have need. 46Day by day continuing with one mind in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, they were taking their meals together with gladness and sincerity of heart, 47praising God and having favor with all the people. And the Lord was adding to their number day by day those who were being saved.

2:43-47 This seems to be the first of many editorial comments by Luke (i.e., 6:7; 9:31; 12:24; 16:5; 19:20). See Introduction, "Purpose and Structure," A.

2:43 "Everyone kept feeling a sense of awe" This is an imperfect passive (deponent) indicative. We get the English "phobia" from this term "awe" or "fear." God's presence and power caused a holy atmosphere, even unsaved sinners were aware of the sacredness of the time and place!

2:44 "all those who had believed" See note at 3:16.

▣ "and had all things in common" This early experiment in "community" was not successful (cf. 4:32-5:11). It was not meant to be a universal principle, but an attempt at a loving, mutually supportive community or faith. This is a good example that not everything recorded in the Bible is meant to be universally implemented! These early believers had a great love for one another. Oh, that we could regain this love and sense of the presence and power of God among us (cf. John 17:11,21,22,23)!!

2:46 "with one mind" The early church was characterized by this unity of purpose (cf. 1:14; 2:46; 4:24; 5:12). This is not to say that they agreed on everything, but that their hearts and minds were knit together in kingdom priorities instead of personal preferences or agendas.

▣ "in the temple" They probably met in "Solomon's portico" (cf 3:11; 5:12). Jesus taught there (cf. John 10:23). Solomon's Portico or porch was a covered colonnade along the east side of the outer court of the Gentiles in Herod's Temple (cf. Josephus' Antiq. 15.11.3). Rabbis taught there. People regularly gathered there to hear teaching.

Notice the early church attended the temple and probably the local synagogues until the rabbis instituted a curse formula (about a.d. 70), which forced synagogue members to curse Jesus. This caused the break between the church and Judaism. The early believers maintained their weekly worship, but also met on Sunday to commemorate Jesus' resurrection. Remember, Jesus Himself met with the disciples, three Sunday nights in a row.

▣ "breaking bread from house to house" If "breaking bread" was a technical designation for the Lord's Supper (cf. Luke 22:19 and esp. in contexts of agape meals [I Cor. 11:17-22; II Pet. 2:13-14; Jude v. 12] in the early church, ex. Acts 20:7), then this refers to daily communion in local homes (but it must be admitted that it is also used of a regular meal in Luke 24:30,35). Be careful of your dogmatic denominational traditions about the when, where, frequency, and form of the Lord's Supper. The heart is the key!

NASB"gladness and sincerity of heart"
NKJV"gladness and simplicity of heart"
NRSV"glad and generous hearts"
TEV"glad and humble hearts"
NJB"glad and generously"

The variety of the translations of the second term shows the difficulty of translating aphelotēs. Literally it meant smooth or plain, but it was used metaphorically for "simple," "sincere," or "humble" (Louw and Nida). See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HEART at 1:24.

2:47

NASB, NKJV"having favor with all the people"
NRSV"having the goodwill of all the people"
TEV"enjoying the goodwill of all the people"
NJB"were looked up to by everyone"

This phrase refers to the acceptance of the early Christians by the people of Jerusalem. All the different types and levels of society thought well of these first believers. Christians were not a threat to Roman authority or to the Roman peace (one purpose of Acts). There was no break with rabbinical Judaism at the beginning of the church.

▣ "the Lord was adding" This is an imperfect active indicative. The Bible emphasizes the sovereignty of God. Nothing happens apart from God's will. Nothing surprises God. However, this OT way of asserting monotheism (i.e., one causality, see Special Topic at 2:39) has been misunderstood. I would like to insert two Special Topics, one on the need for balance and one on covenant. I hope this brings light, not heat!

SPECIAL TOPIC: Election/Predestination and the Need for a Theological Balance

SPECIAL TOPIC: COVENANT

NASB, NRSV"to their number"
NKJV"to the church"
TEV"to their group"
NJB"to their community"

The phrase epi to auto is used in Classical Greek and Koine Greek (Septuagint and Acts 1:15; 2:1,47; I Cor. 11:20; 14:23), meaning "coming together" (Metzger, Textual Commentary, p. 305). Here in the NT it refers to a church meeting. Therefore, the Lord added to the church (i.e., the gathering) daily. This shows the lifestyle evangelism of these first generation believers!

"those who were being saved" The phrase "Lord (God or Christ) was adding," used earlier in v. 46, is an imperfect active indicative, but this phrase is a present passive participle. The expressed agent of the passive voice is the Lord. The "saved" are in a process. Salvation starts with belief/trust/faith (i.e., John 1:12; 3:16; Rom. 10:9-13). Salvation is a relationship initiated by God/Spirit (cf. John 6:44,65), but it must be an ongoing experience. It is not a ticket to heaven or a life insurance policy; it is a daily, growing, faith relationship. See Special Topic: Greek Verb Tenses Used for Salvation at 2:40.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Outline Peter's sermon

2. What was the purpose of Pentecost?

3. How did Joel's prophecy relate to this context?

4. Describe Peter's use of Old Testament passages.

 

Acts 3

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4

NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
The Lame Man Healed at the Gate of the Temple A Lame Man Healed Healing at the Beautiful Gate A Lame Beggar is Healed The Cure of a Lame Man
3:1-10 3:1-10 3:1-10 3:1-10 3:1-10
Peter's Speech in Solomon's Portico Preaching in Solomon's Portico Peter's Preaching Peter's Message in the Temple Peter's Address to the People
3:11-26 3:11-26 3:11-16 3:11-16 3:11-16
    3:17-26 3:17-26 3:17-24
        3:25-26

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

In chapters 3-5 there is tension in Jerusalem over Jesus' teaching and the Apostle's miracles. The time frame for the first five chapters is about one year.

A. Peter and John heal the lame man, 3:1-4:31 ( an example of Acts 2:43)

1. the healing itself

2. Peter's second sermon explaining the healing

3. the reaction and trial (Peter's third sermon, given to the Sanhedrin)

4. the persecution begins

 

B. An attempt at communal life, Acts 4:32-5:11

1. the early unity of believers (an example of Acts 2:43-47)

2. the problems with Ananias and Sapphira

 

C. The early church's relations with rabbinical Judaism, 5:12-42

1. the life of the church

2. the jealousy of the Sanhedrin

3. the intercession of an angel

4. Peter's fourth sermon

5. the reaction and punishment

 

TITLES FOR JESUS IN CHAPTERS 3-4

A. Jesus Christ the Nazarene, 3:6; 4:10

B. His Servant Jesus, 3:13,26; 4:27

C. The Holy and Righteous One, 3:14 (cf. 2:27)

D. The Prince of Life, 3:15

E. The Christ, 3:18,20; 4:10 (cf. "Lord and Christ," 2:36)

F. Prophet, 3:22

G. Possibly an allusion to the title "Seed of Abraham," 3:25-26

H. The Cornerstone, 4:11

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:1-10
 1Now Peter and John were going up to the temple at the ninth hour, the hour of prayer. 2And a man who had been lame from his mother's womb was being carried along, whom they used to set down every day at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful, in order to beg alms of those who were entering the temple. 3When he saw Peter and John about to go into the temple, he began asking to receive alms. 4But Peter, along with John, fixed his gaze on him and said, "Look at us!" 5And he began to give them his attention, expecting to receive something from them. 6But Peter said, "I do not possess silver and gold, but what I do have I give to you: In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene – walk!" 7And seizing him by the right hand, he raised him up; and immediately his feet and his ankles were strengthened. 8With a leap he stood upright and began to walk; and he entered the temple with them, walking and leaping and praising God. 9And all the people saw him walking and praising God; 10and they were taking note of him as being the one who used to sit at the Beautiful Gate of the temple to beg alms, and they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him.

3:1 "Peter and John were going up to the temple" This is an imperfect active indicative. It was the habit of all of the early disciples to go to the Temple daily (cf. Luke 24:53; Acts 2:46). The original followers of Jesus in Palestine worshiped

1. in the Temple (at least on special days if not daily)

2. in the local synagogue (every Sabbath)

3. with believers on Sunday

This was the pattern for a long period of time. These believers saw no division between their faith in Jesus as the Promised Messiah and Judaism. They saw themselves as the "people or congregation of Israel." This is why they chose the name ekklesia for their group. In the Septuagint this is how the Hebrew covenantal phrase, "the congregation (qahal) of Israel" was translated.

The Jews took official action after the fall of Jerusalem and instituted an oath formula (rejecting Jesus as the Messiah) to restrict membership in the local synagogues. This is when the church solidified its day of worship as Sunday (the day to commemorate Jesus' resurrection; the day Jesus appeared three times to the disciples in the Upper Room).

John is often identified with Peter in Acts (cf. 1:13; 3:1,3,4,11; 4:13,19; 8:14). It is surely possible that the early church in Jerusalem had groups of leaders which represented different perspectives and emphases of the gospel. Possibly Peter and John were more open to Gentile evangelism (cf. vv. 8,10), while James (the half-brother of Jesus) was more identified with a conservative Jewish element. All this changed to some extent after the Jerusalem Council of Acts 15.

▣ "at the ninth hour, the hour of prayer" This would denote nine hours after sunrise. The Jews (i.e., Pharisees) had traditionally prayed each day at 9 a.m., 12 noon, and 3 p.m. (possibly based on Ps. 55:17). This text refers to the time of the evening sacrifice, which was 3 p.m. (the morning sacrifice was at 9 a.m.). Many people would have been in the temple at this time (cf. 10:30).

3:2 "a man who had been lame from his mother's womb" All of the regular attenders of the Temple knew of this man's condition ("was being carried repeatedly" is an imperfect passive); therefore, there was no chance of a trick being involved in the healing (cf 3:10; 4:22). This was a fulfillment of OT Messianic prophecy (cf. Isa. 35:6). The Jews wanted a sign; Jesus gave them many, now they have another if they only had eyes to see.

Here is the shocking paradox of the sick sitting daily at the house of God. As a matter of fact, there was even a prohibition against these kinds of people actively participating in worship (i.e., serving as priests, cf. Lev. 21:16-24). The gospel offers a new day. Even an Ethiopian (no race barriers) eunuch (no physical barriers) is welcome in the new kingdom (cf. 8:26-40).

▣ "the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful" The exact location of this gate is uncertain. It was possibly the Nicanor Gate which was made of Corinthian brass (Flavius Josephus, Antiq. 15.11.3; Wars 5.5.3). It led from the Court of the Gentiles to the Court of the Women. It was on the eastern side of the temple, facing the Mount of Olives, close to Solomon's Portico.

▣ "to beg alms of those who were entering" Almsgiving, or giving to the poor, was a required part of the Jewish faith (cf. Matt. 6:1-4; Luke 11:41; 12:33; Acts 10:2,4,31; 24:17). Usually money was collected weekly in the local synagogues and then food distributed, but apparently some begged daily in the Temple area itself.

SPECIAL TOPIC: ALMSGIVING

3:3 The man's motive was originally only monetary (cf. v. 5).

3:4 "fixed his gaze on" See note at 1:10.

"look at us" They wanted his undivided attention (blepō is in an aorist active imperative form).

3:5 The Apostles were not monetarily wealthy men, but they had access to the spiritual resources of God (cf. v. 6).

3:6 "In the name of Jesus Christ" "Name" is a Hebrew idiom which speaks of one's character (cf. Luke 9:48,49; 10:17; 21:12,17; 24:47, see Special Topic at 2:21). This must have been shocking to this man. Jesus was a recently condemned and crucified criminal, whom this stranger (i.e,. Peter) was calling "the Messiah" (i.e., "The Christ," which is the Greek translation, see Special Topic at 2:31).

"The Nazarene" See Special Topic at 2:22.

▣ "walk" This is a present active imperative. Peter and John, like Jesus, used a chance encounter to demonstrate God's love and power and also to confirm the gospel message (cf. v. 9). This healing drew the attention of the Jewish worshipers (cf. v. 12ff).

3:7 This is an eyewitness account of several related events. Someone who was there told Luke about this in vivid, detailed terms.

▣ "immediately" This is the Greek term parachrēma. Luke uses it ten times in his Gospel and six times in Acts (cf. 3:7; 5:10; 12:23; 13:11; 16:26,33). It is used only twice in Matthew and nowhere else in the NT. It is used several times in the Septuagint. Luke uses idioms and terms from this Greek translation of the Hebrew OT often. He must have known the OT well, possibly from his contact with the Apostle Paul or involvement in Christian catechism with new believers.

3:8 "With a leap he stood upright" This is a present middle participle (cf. v. 9). This man began walking all around this section of the Temple. What an opportunity to share the Good News!

3:10 They knew this man (imperfect active indicative, they began to recognize him). He was no stranger or visitor. They had seen him at the gate day after day, and passed by! However, Jesus' representatives did not just pass by, they acted in Pentecostal power!

"they were filled" Luke uses this term often (see full note at 5:17). Humans can be "filled" with many things (i.e., characterized by):

1. the Holy Spirit, Luke 1:15,41,67; Acts 2:4; 4:8,31; 9:17; 13:9

2. rage, Luke 4:28; 6:11

3. fear, Luke 5:26

4. wonder and amazement, Acts 3:10

5. jealousy, Acts 5:17; 13:45

6. confusion, Acts 19:29

Peter and John wanted these who were amazed (he got their attention) to be filled with the gospel!

"wonder and amazement" These things are also common in Luke's writings.

1. wonder, thambos, Luke 3:6; 5:9; Acts 3:10 and ekthambos in 3:11

2. amazement

a. ekstasis, Luke 5:26; Acts 3:10; 10:10; 11:5; 22:17

b. existēmi, Luke 2:47; 8:56; 24:22; Acts 2:7,12; 8:9,11; 9:21; 10:45; 12:16

God's love and acts always cause amazement (these Greek words were used in the Septuagint for fear and awe of God, cf. Gen. 15:12; Exod. 23:27; Deut. 28:28).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:11-16
 11While he was clinging to Peter and John, all the people ran together to them at the so-called portico of Solomon, full of amazement. 12But when Peter saw this, he replied to the people, "Men of Israel, why are you amazed at this, or why do you gaze at us, as if by our own power or piety we had made him walk? 13The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God of our fathers, has glorified His servant Jesus, the one whom you delivered and disowned in the presence of Pilate, when he had decided to release Him. 14But you disowned the Holy and Righteous One and asked for a murderer to be granted to you, 15but put to death the Prince of life, the one whom God raised from the dead, a fact to which we are witnesses. 16And on the basis of faith in His name, it is the name of Jesus which has strengthened this man whom you see and know; and the faith which comes through Him has given him this perfect health in the presence of you all."

3:11 "while he was clinging to Peter" This is a present active participle. I would imagine he was holding on to Peter as Mary held on to Jesus in the garden (cf. John 20:16-17).

▣ "the portico of Solomon" This was a long covered area along the eastern side of the court of the Gentiles (cf. Josephus' Antiq. 20.9.7). The roof was supported by many columns. It got its name from the fact that the old foundations of Solomon's temple were located in the same general area. Jesus taught there often (cf. John 10:23).

3:12 "when Peter saw this" They saw the amazement and curiosity of the crowd and took advantage (cf. Col. 4:3; II Tim. 4:2) of the opportunity to share the gospel (i.e., the second sermon of the new church).

"Men of Israel" Peter called them this in 2:22. Peter is still addressing Jews.

"why. . .why" Peter asked why they were surprised by a miraculous healing. Had not Jesus performed these kinds of miracles during the last week of His life?

Also, why did they look at Peter and John so admiringly, as if they did it? This was a sign of the trustworthiness of the gospel and the power of the name of the resurrected Messiah.

The Spirit performed this miracle for several reasons.

1. to confirm the leadership of Peter and John

2. to help a needy man

3. to witness to the Jews at the Temple

 

3:13 "The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob" This shows that Jesus' ministry and the gospel were vitally connected to the Covenant God and Covenant people of the Old Testament (cf. Exod. 3:6,15; Luke 20:37).

 Christianity must be characterized as the true fulfillment of Judaism (cf. Matt. 5:17-19). Many Jews would see it as a perversion, but NT writers saw it as a fulfillment. The followers of Jesus are the promised fruition of the "new covenant" of Jer. 31:31-34 (cf. Gal. 6:16). Israel did not complete her missionary task of being a kingdom of priests for the world (cf. Exod. 19:5-6; I Pet. 2:5,9; Rev. 1:6). The church has been given the mandate (cf. Matt. 28:18-20; Luke 24:46-47; Acts 1:8). God's goal is the restoration of His image in mankind, so that His initial purpose of fellowship can be accomplished. If there is only one God (i.e., monotheism, see Special Topic at 2:39), then there cannot be a special people, only servants to serve God's universal purposes with all humanity (see Special Topic at 1:8).

▣ "has glorified" This term can be understood in several ways.

1. the immediate context to the healing of the lame man in His name

2. the larger context of Peter's sermon to Jesus being resurrected and thereby glorified

3. the OT context to Jesus as the coming Messiah

4. in John's Gospel this term is always used by Jesus Himself for His crucifixion (cf. 7:39; 12:10,23; 13:31-32; 16:14; 17:1).

 

SPECIAL TOPIC: GLORY (DOXA)

▣ "His servant" The term "servant" (pais used regularly in the LXX)

1. an honorific title in the OT used for Jacob, Moses, Joshua, and David (cf. Psalm 105; Luke 1:69)

2. in the Servant Songs of Isaiah (i.e., 42:1-5; 49:1-7; 50:4-11; 52:13-53:12)

3. the nation of Israel (cf. 41:8-9; 42:19; 43:10; 44:1,21; also LXX seen in Luke 1:54)

4. God's Messiah (cf. 42:1; 52:13; 53:11)

5. Pais is used of Jesus as the Servant/Messiah in Acts 3:13,26; 4:27,30

There is not a clear distinction between the corporate and individual aspect, especially in the last Song (i.e., Isa. 52:13-53:12). In context it cannot refer to Israel.

1. the nation cannot be the innocent one who brings redemption because the nation deserves the judgment (cf. Isa. 41:18-22; 53:8d)

2. the Septuagint changes "you" in Isa. 52:14 to "Him" (also in v. 15). The Jewish translators before Jesus' birth (possibly 250-150 b.c.) saw this text as Messianic and individual.

 

▣ "Jesus" When the name Jesus is used by itself, it usually emphasizes His humanness (cf. v. 6).

▣ "whom you delivered and disowned" The "you" is emphatic! It was not only the Jewish leaders who were responsible for Jesus' death (cf. v. 17; 2:23). Peter makes a specific reference to the crowd's responses before Pilate (cf. Luke 23:18-25). It is possible some of these may have been there, but Peter addresses this crowd as if they were responsible as a group (cf. v. 15). God's chosen people (Jews) "delivered" and "disowned" God's Messiah (cf. John 1:11).

▣ "Pilate" See Special Topic below.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PONTIUS PILATE

▣ "when he had decided to release Him" This refers to Luke 23:4,14,22, where Pilate says three times, "I find no guilt in Him," as well as the three times he tried to release Him (cf. Luke 23:16,20,22). Many scholars believe Acts was written to show that Roman officials did not find Jesus treasonous. Pilate was forced by the Jewish leadership to do that which he was reluctant to do himself.

3:14 "the Holy and Righteous One" This states clearly the innocence and sinlessness of Jesus. The trial was a farce. This is another OT Messianic title (cf. Isa. 53:11; Acts 7:52; 22:14; John 6:69). The demons called Jesus the Holy One of God in Mark 1:24; Luke 4:34. See Special Topics following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HOLY ONE

SPECIAL TOPIC: RIGHTEOUSNESS

▣ "and asked for a murderer" It is so ironic that Barabbas was guilty of the exact crime they accused Jesus of—sedition (cf. Luke 23:18-19, 23-25).

3:15 "but put to death" It is surprising that in the many texts which mention Jesus' death (cf. 2:23,36; 3:15; 4:10; 5:30; 7:52; 10:39; 13:28) in Acts very little is developed along the lines of Gen. 3:15 or Isaiah 53.

There is also variety in how His death is phrased.

1. nailed to a cross – 2:23

2. crucified – 2:36; 4:10

3. put to death – 3:15; 13:28

4. put to death by hanging Him on a cross – 5:30; 10:39

5. killed – 7:52

The resurrection is emphasized but not substitutionary atonement.

NASB, NKJV"the Prince of life"
NRSV, NIV"the Author of life"
TEV"the one who leads to life"
NJB"the prince of life"
Moffatt"the pioneer of life"

This title reflects one of the three possible meanings of archēgos:

1. the author or originator (cf. NRSV, Heb. 2:10; 12:2)

2. the agent of creation (cf. John 1:3; I Cor. 8:6; Col. 1:16; Heb. 1:2)

3. the one who goes first, a trail blazer (cf. TEV, NEB, Moffatt, Acts. 5:31)

The term is an obvious contrast to "murderer" (v. 14). See Special Topic below.

SPECIAL TOPIC: AUTHOR/LEADER (ARCHĒGOS)

▣ "God raised from the dead" Usually in the NT it is the Father who raises the Son from the dead as a sign of His approval of Jesus' life, teachings, and substitutionary death. The NT also affirms that all three persons of the Trinity were active in Jesus' resurrection:

1. the Spirit (cf. Rom. 8:11)

2. the Son (cf. John 2:19-22; 10:17-18)

3. the Father (cf. Acts 2:24,32; 3:15,26; 4:10; 5:30; 10:40; 13:30,33,34,37; 17:31; Rom. 6:4,9)

This is a major theological aspect of the Kerygma (see Special Topic at 2:14). If this is not true, all else is not true (cf. I Cor. 15:12-19).

▣ "a fact to which we are witnesses" This is either

1. an emphasis on primary source material; these hearers were eyewitnesses (cf. 2:22)

2. a reference to the Apostles and disciples in the Upper Room (cf. 1:22; 2:32)

In context number 2 seems best.

3:16 "on the basis of faith" This same phrase occurs in Phil. 3:9. The Greek term "faith" (pistis) can be translated into English as "faith," "trust," or "believe." It is humanity's conditional response to God's unconditional grace (cf. Eph. 2:8-9). It is basically the believer's trusting in the trustworthiness of God (i.e., His character, His promises, His Messiah) or faithing God's faithfulness! It is difficult in the healing accounts of the Gospels and Acts to document the spiritual (i.e., covenantal) side of the event. Those healed are not always "saved" (cf. John 5). See Special Topic below.

The Greek preposition used in this phrase, eis (cf. Phil. 3:9), is rare when used on one's faith in Christ (similar expression in Acts 2:38). Usually one of several prepositions is used.

1. dia – Rom. 3:22,25,30; Gal. 2:16; 3:14,26; Eph. 2:8; 3:12,17; Col. 2:12; II Tim. 3:15; I Pet. 1:5

2. ek – Rom. 9:30; 14:23; Gal. 3:8,9,22; 5:5; James 2:24

3. en –I Cor. 16:13; II Cor. 13:5; Gal. 2:20; I Tim. 3:13

4. both eis and ek are used in Rom. 1:17

There was not standardized phrase to express "saving faith."

SPECIAL TOPIC: Faith, Believe, or Trust (Pistis [noun], Pisteuō, [verb], Pistos [adjective])

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:17-26 
 17"And now, brethren, I know that you acted in ignorance, just as your rulers did also. 18But the things which God announced beforehand by the mouth of all the prophets, that His Christ would suffer, He has thus fulfilled. 19Therefore repent and return, so that your sins may be wiped away, in order that times of refreshing may come from the presence of the Lord; 20and that He may send Jesus, the Christ appointed for you, 21whom heaven must receive until the period of restoration of all things about which God spoke by the mouth of His holy prophets from ancient time. 22Moses said, ‘The Lord God will raise up for you a prophet like me from your brethren; to Him you shall give heed to everything He says to you. 23And it will be that every soul that does not heed that prophet shall be utterly destroyed from among the people.' 24And likewise, all the prophets who have spoken, from Samuel and his successors onward, also announced these days. 25 ‘It is you who are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant which God made with your fathers, saying to Abraham, And in your seed all the families of the earth shall be blessed.' 26For you first, God raised up His Servant and sent Him to bless you by turning every one of you from your wicked ways."

3:17 "I know that you acted in ignorance" This reflects Jesus' words from the cross (cf. Luke 23:34). However, even in their ignorance, the people were still spiritually responsible! In some ways this excuse was a way to help people accept their own responsibility (cf. 13:27; 17:30; 26:9; I Cor. 2:8). For a good discussion of the concept see Millard Erickson, Christian Theology, 2nd ed., pp. 583-585.

"just as you rulers did also" Luke often makes a distinction between the people and their rulers (cf. Luke 7:29-30; 23:35; Acts 13:27; 14:5). The real issue in trying to do this may be the mutual responsibility of both groups. Often it is asserted that Jesus does not condemn Jews as a whole, but their illegal (i.e., not of Aaronic descent) leaders. It is surely difficult to know if the cursing of the fig tree (cf. Mark 11:12-14,20-24) and the parable of the unjust vineyard tenants (cf. Luke 20:9-18) are condemnations of Judaism of the first century or only its leaders. Luke asserts it is both!

3:18 "announced beforehand" The gospel was no afterthought with God, but His eternal, purposeful plan (cf. Gen. 3:15; Mark 10:45; Luke 22:22; Acts 2:23; 3:18; 4:28; Rom. 1:2, see Special Topic at 1:8). The early sermons in Acts (the kerygma, see Special Topic at 2:14) present Jesus as the fulfillment of OT promises and prophecies.

There are several aspects of the Kerygma (i.e., the major theological aspects of the sermons in Acts) expressed in these verses.

1. faith in Jesus is essential

2. Jesus' person and work were prophesied by OT prophets

3. the Messiah must suffer

4. they must repent

5. Jesus is coming again.

 

▣ "God announced beforehand by the mouth of all the prophets" Jesus fulfilled OT prophecy (cf. v. 34, Matt. 5:17-48). I think Jesus Himself showed the two on the road to Emmaus (cf. Luke 24:13-35) the OT prophecies that pertained to His suffering, death, and resurrection. They shared this with the Apostles, who made it part of their preaching (cf. Luke 24:45).

▣ "Christ" This is the Greek translation of the Hebrew word " Messiah" (see Special Topic at 2:31), which means Anointed One. This refers to God's special agent whose life and death would inaugurate the new age of righteousness, the new age of the Spirit.

The affirmation that Jesus was/is the Christ/Messiah promised by YHWH becomes a recurrent theme of the preaching of Acts.

1. Peter – 2:31; 3:18; 5:42; 8:5

2. Paul – 9:22; 17:3; 18:5,28

 

▣ "suffer" This was alluded to in several OT texts (cf. Gen. 3:15; Psalm 22; Isaiah 53; Zech. 12:10). This aspect of a suffering Messiah is what surprised the Jews (cf. I Cor. 1:23). They were expecting a conquering general (cf. Rev. 20:11-16). This was a recurrent theme of Apostolic sermons in Acts

1. Paul (cf. Acts 17:3; 26:23)

2. Peter (cf. Acts 3:18; I Pet. 1:10-12; 2:21; 3:18)

 

3:19 "repent and return" The Greek term "repent" means a change of mind. This is an aorist active imperative of metanoeō. The Hebrew term for repentance means "change of action" ("return" [emistrephō] may reflect the Hebrew "turn" shub, cf. Num. 30:36; Deut. 30:2,10) in the Septuagint. Repentance is a necessary covenant item in salvation along with faith (cf. Mark 1:15 and Acts 3:16,19; 20:21). Acts mentions it often (cf. Peter – 2:38; 3:19,26 and Paul – 14:15; 17:30; 20:21; 26:20). Repentance is indispensable (cf. Luke 13:3 and II Peter 3:9). It is basically a willingness to change. It is a both a human volitional act and a gift of God (cf. Acts 5:31; 11:18; II Tim. 2:25). See Special Topic at 2:38.

▣ "sins may be wiped away" This term means "to erase"; "blot out"; or "wipe away" (cf. Col. 2:14; Rev. 3:5; 7:17; 21:4). What a promise! In the ancient world ink was acid and was, therefore, impossible to erase. This is a true miracle of God's grace (cf. Ps. 51:1; 103:11-13; Isa. 1:18; 38:17; 43:25; 44:22; Jer. 31:34; Micah 7:19). When God forgives, God forgets (erases)!

▣ "times of refreshing" The Greek term (anapsuchō, anapsuxis) basically means "breathing space, relaxation, relief" (Baker, Arndt, Gingrich, and Danker, A Greek-English Lexicon, p. 63), "refresh by air," or "treat a wound with air" (Kittle, Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, vol. 9, p. 663). The metaphorical extension is physical or spiritual refreshment or restoration.

In the Septuagint it is used of regaining physical strength after a battle (cf. Exod. 23:12; Jdgs. 15:19; II Sam. 16:14) or emotional refreshment as in I Sam. 16:23.

Peter's reference seems to be to an OT promise, but this phrase is not used in the OT. For desert people expanse was identified with freedom and joy, while closed in spaces were a sign of distress and trouble. God was going to bring a widening, refreshing period of spiritual activity. This Messianic activity had come in the gospel. The "times of refreshing" had come in Jesus of Nazareth. However, the coming consummation would bring the new age of the Spirit. In this specific context Peter is referring to the Second Coming. This phrase seems to be parallel to "the period of restoration" (v. 21). See Special Topic: Kerygma at 2:14.

3:20 "He may send Jesus" This is an aorist active subjunctive, which denotes an element of contingency. The actions of Peter's hearers, in some sense, determined the time of spiritual consummation (cf. F. F. Bruce, Answers to Questions, where he links Acts 3:19-21 with Rom. 11:25-27, p. 201).

 The juxtaposition of "Jesus" next to "the Christ/the Messiah" seems to imply that Peter is specifically asserting the Messiahship of Jesus of Nazareth. Later in the NT, "Lord," "Jesus," and "Christ" occur often, more as a combined referent to Jesus (i.e., the Lord Jesus Christ) than an emphasis on the title Messiah. This is especially true in predominately Gentile churches.

▣ "the Christ appointed for you" This verb is a perfect passive participle. This same term is used of God's fore-choice in 10:41; 22:14; 26:16; Jesus' coming and dying has always been God's eternal redemptive plan (cf. 2:23; 3:18; 4:28; 13:29).

 In the Septuagint this term reflects a choice, but without the foreknowledge (i.e., for Luke "pro" means before, cf. Exod. 4:13 and Josh. 3:12), which is obvious in this word's usage in Acts. It does convey that sending Jesus was God's choice of blessing and redemption!

3:21

NASB, NKJV"whom heaven must receive"
NRSV"who must remain in heaven"
TEV, NIV"He must remain in heaven"
NJB"whom heaven must keep"

The subject of this phrase is "heaven"; the object is "whom" (i.e., Jesus). There are two verbals in this phrase. The first is dei, from deō, which means "it is necessary" or "it is proper." See full note at 1:16.

The second is an AORIST MIDDLE (deponent) infinitive of dechomai. Harold K Moulton, The Analytical Greek Lexicon Revised says in this context it means "to receive into and retain" (p. 88). You can see how the English translations pick up on the contextual aspect. Luke uses this term more than any other NT writer (13 times in Luke and 8 times in Acts). Words must be defined in light of contextual usage and implication, not etymology. Lexicons (dictionaries) only denote usage. They do not set definition!

NASB"until"
NKJV, NRSV,
TEV"until"
NJB"til"

This word is in the Greek UBS4 text. I do not know why NASB, 1995 edition, put it in italics, which is the way to show it is not in the Greek text, but supplied for English readers to understand.

 In the 1970 edition of NASB, the "the" is in italics and not "until," which is correct.

▣ "period of restoration of all things" This refers to recreation (cf. Matt. 17:11; and especially Rom. 8:13-23). The evil of human rebellion in Genesis 3 is nullified and creation is restored; fellowship with God is reestablished. The initial purpose of creation is finally fulfilled.

▣ "about which God spoke by mouth of His holy prophets from ancient times" Mark's Gospel begins with a quote from Mal. 3:1. Matthew 1:22-23 refers to the prophecy of Isa. 7:14. Luke used this same phrase in Luke 1:70. One aspect of the Kerygma (i.e., recurrent theological truths in the sermons in Acts, see Special Topic at 2:14) is that Jesus' birth, life, death, and resurrection fulfilled OT prophecy (cf. Matt. 5:17-19). Jesus' ministry was not an afterthought or Plan B. It was the predetermined plan of God (cf. 2:23; 3:18; 4:28; 13:29, see Special Topic at 1:8). All things are working out to the fulfillment of the total restoration of God's will for creation.

3:22 "Moses said" The title "The Prophet" was used of the coming Messiah (cf. Deut. 18:14-22; esp. 15,18; John 1:21,25). This documentation of Jesus from the Law of Moses (i.e., the most authoritative part of the OT canon for Jews, both Sadducees and Pharisees) would have been very important to these Jewish hearers. Jesus has always been God's plan of redemption (i.e., Gen. 3:15). He came to die (cf. Mark 10:45; II Cor. 5:21).

3:23 This was a serious word of warning. It is an allusion to Deut. 18:19. Rejection of Jesus was, and still is, a serious, eternal matter.

This allusion to Deut. 18:14-22 also has some significant theological insights.

1. Notice both the individual and corporate aspects. Each individual soul must personally respond to the Messiah. It is not enough to be a part of the corporate body of Israel.

2. The phrase "utterly destroyed" is an allusion to "holy war." God will prune His own vine (i.e., Israel, cf. John 15; Rom. 9-11). Those who reject "the Prophet" are rejected by God. The issue of salvation is one's faith response to God's Messiah. Family, race, ethics, and meticulous performance of rules are not the new covenant criteria of salvation, but faith in Christ (cf. I John 5:12).

3:24 "Samuel" In the Jewish canon he (i.e., I Samuel) is considered one of the "Former Prophets," a part of the second division of the Hebrew canon. Samuel was called a prophet in I Sam. 3:20 and also a seer (i.e., another term for prophet) in I Sam. 9:9; I Chr. 29:29.

▣ "these days" The "time of refreshing" (v. 20) and "the period of restoration of all things" (v. 21) refer to the consummation of the Kingdom of God at the return of Christ, but this phrase refers to the inauguration of the Messianic Kingdom, which occurred at the incarnation of Jesus at Bethlehem or at least to the whole period of the latter days, which is the time between Christ's two appearances on planet earth. The OT primarily understood only one coming of the Messiah. His first coming as the "Suffering Servant" (v. 18) was a surprise; His glorious return as military leader and judge was expected.

3:25 Peter addresses these Jews as the children of Abraham, the covenant people. However, these covenant people must respond in faith and repentance to Jesus and the gospel or they will be rejected (v. 23)!

The NT (new covenant) is focused in a person, not a racial group. In the very call of Abram there was a universal element (cf. Gen. 12:3). The universal offer has come in Christ and is available to all (i.e., Luke wrote primarily to Gentiles. His Gospel and Acts made this invitation repeatedly and specifically).

"covenant" See SPECIAL TOPIC: COVENANT at 2:47.

▣ "all the families of the earth shall be blessed" This is a reference to God's promise to Abraham in Gen. 12:1-3. Notice the universal element also in Gen. 22:18. God chose Abraham to choose a people, to choose the world ( cf. Exod. 19:5-6; Eph. 2:11-3:13). See Special Topic at 1:8.

3:26 "For you first" The Jews, because of their Covenant heritage, have the first opportunity to hear and understand the message of the gospel (cf. Rom. 1:16; 9:5). However, they must respond in the same way as everyone else: repentance, faith, baptism, obedience, and perseverance.

▣ "raised up His Servant and sent Him" See note at 2:24 and 3:13.

▣ "to bless you" This is what God wants for all mankind (cf. Gen. 12:3). However, He sent Jesus to the lost sheep of the house of Israel first!

▣ "by turning every one of you from your wicked ways" Salvation involves a change of mind about sin with a resulting change of actions and priorities. This change is evidence of true conversion! Eternal life has observable characteristics!

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. What is "the continual"?

2. Why was this healing so powerful"

3. Why was a suffering Messiah so shocking to the Jews?

4. Why does Luke quote Gen. 12:3?

5. Are Jews saved differently from Gentiles?

 

Acts 4

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4

NKJV

NRSV

TEV

NJB

Peter and John Before the Council Peter and John Arrested Arrest and Release of Peter and John Peter and John Before the Council Peter and John Before the Sanhedrin
4:1-4 4:1-4 4:1-4 4:1-4 4:1-4
  Addressing the Sanhedrin      
4:5-22 4:5-12 4:5-12 4:5-7 4:5-12
  The Name of Jesus Forbidden   4:8-12  
  4:13-22 4:13-22 4:13-17 4:13-17
      4:18-22 4:18-22
The Believers Pray for Boldness Prayer for Boldness   The Believers Pray for Boldness The Apostles' Prayer Under Persecution
4:23-31 4:23-31 4:23-31 4:23-30 4:23-26
        4:27-31
      4:31  
All Things in Common Sharing All Things The Sharing of Goods

(4:32-5:6)

The Believers Share Their Possessions The Early Christian Community
4:32-37 4:32-37 4:32-5:11 4:32-35 4:32
        4:33
        4:34-35
        The Generosity of Barnabas
      4:36-37 4:36-37

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

A. It is obvious the chapter divisions are inappropriate in Acts. Remember, chapter divisions, verse divisions, capitalization, paragraphing, and punctuation all are not original to the Greek text and, therefore, are the work of modern translation committees.

 

B. Verses 1-31 deal with the lame man's healing in chapter 3 and its consequences.

 

C. Verses 32-37 should go with chapter 5:1-11.

 

D. The problems of the early church continue and multiply, but so does the grace and power of the Spirit.

 

E. In dealing with Luke's emphasis on the loving, giving nature of the early church in Jerusalem, modern western interpreters must guard against a "capitalistic" bias. Luke seems to affirm voluntary mutuality. Acts cannot support communism nor capitalism because neither was known at that time. The text must be interpreted in light of its day, its author's intent, and its hearers' world.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:1-4
 1As they were speaking to the people, the priests and the captain of the temple guard and the Sadducees came up to them, 2being greatly disturbed because they were teaching the people and proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead. 3And they laid hands on them and put them in jail until the next day, for it was already evening. 4But many of those who had heard the message believed; and the number of the men came to be about five thousand.

4:1 "the priests" This is the word used in the ancient uncial Greek manuscripts א, A, D, and E, but MS C has "high priests" (archiereis). The UBS4 gives the word "priests" a B rating (almost certain). The context of chapter 4 shows that opposition did not come from the High Priests (cf. v. 6).

In the OT the tribe of Levi (i.e., Moses and Aaron's tribe) was selected to serve YHWH in the stead of the "first born" (cf. Exodus 13). Within this tribe were certain families who served as

1. local teachers of the Law

2. temple servants

3. priests who officiated at the Temple, especially involved in the sacrificial procedures (cf. Leviticus1-7)

The special family from which the High Priest must come was the family of Moses and Aaron. This whole tribe did not receive a land allotment like the other tribes of Jacob/Israel. They had certain cities partially given to them (i.e., 48 Levitical cities, cf. Joshua 20). These Levitical families depended on the other tribes to support them through the Temple tithe and the third-year local tithe.

All of this changed when Rome took over Palestine. The office of High Priest was purchased from Rome. No longer was it an OT spiritual office, but a commercial, political power office.

The current High Priest was Caiaphas (cf. Matt. 26:3; Luke 3:2; John 18), but the real power behind the office was the former High Priest Annas (cf. Luke 3:2; John 18:13,24; Acts 4:6). This family was of the Sadducean sect of Judaism.

▣ "the captain of the temple guard" This was a special Levitical office which was next in power to the High Priest (cf. Josephus, Wars 6.5.3). He would have controlled the temple police (cf. I Chr. 9:11; Neh. 11:11; Luke 22:4,52; Acts 5:24,26). In Hebrew he was called "the man of the mountain of the house."

▣ "Sadducees" These were the rich, political leaders of the Sanhedrin.

SPECIAL TOPIC: SADDUCEES

4:2

NASB, NKJV"being greatly disturbed"
NRSV"much annoyed"
TEV"were annoyed"
NJB"extremely annoyed"

This rare Greek term (here a present middle [deponent] participle) means "to work hard at something." It is found only one other place in Acts (16:18). It is not found in the Septuagint, nor the Koine papyri from Egypt.

The Sadducean leadership was upset because the Christian leaders were teaching the crowds at the Temple in Jesus' name and proclaiming His resurrection (which Sadducees denied, as well as the theological concept of resurrections in general). It is also possible from the wording of v. 2 that the Apostles were not only asserting Jesus' resurrection, but the full implications of all believers' resurrection (cf. I Corinthians 15).

4:3 "they" In v. 2 the antecedent was Peter, John, and even possibly the healed lame man. In v. 3 the antecedent is the priests and temple police.

▣ "laid hands on them" This Greek verb has a wide semantic field, but Luke often uses it in this sense of arrest (cf. Luke 20:19; 21:12; Acts 5:18; 12:1; 21:27).

▣ "until the next day" Jewish law forbade a trial to be held after twilight. These leaders wanted this preaching/teaching stopped and stopped immediately. So they jailed them overnight somewhere on the Temple grounds, as opposed to a public jail (cf. 5:18).

4:4 "those who had heard. . .believed" Both of these verbals are aorist tense. Faith begins with hearing (cf. Rom. 10:17). Hearing the gospel results (with the Spirit's aid, cf. John 6:44,65; 16:8-11) in believing the gospel. See SPECIAL TOPIC: SALVATION (GREEK VERB TENSES) at 2:40.

▣ "the number of men came to be about five thousand" Notice that this number does not include women and children. Often in the NT it is implied that the belief of the father extended to and included the whole family (cf 11:14; 16:15,31,33). The group in the upper room numbered about 120. At Pentecost 3,000 were added (cf. 2:41); now the number of believers was up to 5,000! The church in Jerusalem is growing rapidly!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:5-12
 5On the next day, their rulers and elders and scribes were gathered together in Jerusalem; 6and Annas the high priest was there, and Caiaphas and John and Alexander, and all who were of high-priestly descent. 7When they had placed them in the center, they began to inquire, "By what power, or in what name, have you done this?" 8Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them, "Rulers and elders of the people, 9if we are on trial today for a benefit done to a sick man, as to how this man has been made well, 10let it be known to all of you and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, whom you crucified, whom God raised from the dead—by this name this man stands here before you in good health. 11He is the stone which was rejected by you, the builders, but which became the chief cornerstone. 12And there is salvation in no one else; for there is no other name under heaven that has been given among men by which we must be saved."

4:5 "their rulers and elders and scribes" The Sanhedrin (i.e., the Council, 5:21, from the Jerusalem area; the Council of the elders, 22:5) was made up of seventy Jewish leaders. It was the highest political/religious body (which Rome allowed) within Judaism of Jesus' day. The concept was begun (i.e., Jewish tradition) by Ezra and the "men of the Great Synagogue." It is usually identified in the NT by the phrase, "the scribes, elders and high priests" (cf. Luke 23:13; Acts 3:17; 4:5,8; 13:27). See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE SANHEDRIN

4:6 "Annas" His name in Greek is Hannas; Josephus calls him Hannanos (Jonathan). The name seems to come from the Hebrew "merciful" or "gracious" (hānān, BDB 336).

In the OT the high priesthood was for life and stayed in the lineage of Aaron. However, the Romans had turned this office into a political plumb, purchased by a Levitical family. The high priest controlled and operated the merchandising in the Court of the Women. Jesus' cleansing of the Temple angered this family.

According to Flavius Josephus, Annas was the High Priest from a.d. 6-14. He was appointed by Quirinius, governor of Syria and removed by Valerius Gratus. His relatives (5 sons and 1 grandson) succeeded him. Caiaphas (a.d. 18-36), his son-in-law (cf. John 18:13), was his immediate successor. Annas was the real power behind the office. John depicts him as the first person to whom Jesus is taken (cf. 18:13,19-22).

▣ "Caiaphas" He was appointed high priest by Valerius Gratus, procurator of Judea (cf. MS D, ‘Iōnathas, cf. NEB, NJB) from a.d. 18-36.

▣ "John" This may refer to "Jonathan," who Josephus tells us was also one of Annas' sons who became High Priest in a.d. 36 after Caiaphas. However, the UBS4 has ‘Iōannēs (i.e., John) as an A rating (certain); even the REB goes back to "John."

▣ "Alexander" Nothing is known about this man, but he, like John, was probably a member of Annas' family or a leading member of the Sadducean party.

4:7 "When they had placed them in the center" The members of the Sanhedrin sat in a semicircle on a raised platform.

▣ "they began to inquire" This is an imperfect tense, which means either (1) continuous action in past time or (2) the beginning of an action.

▣ "By what power, or in what name" They insinuated that the healing was done by magical power (cf. 19:13). They tried this same trick on Jesus (cf. Luke 11:14-26; Mark 3:20-30). They could not deny the miracles so they attempted to impugn the method or source of the power.

4:8 "filled with the Holy Spirit" The Spirit was the source of wisdom and boldness for the Apostles (cf. Luke 12:11-12; 21:12-15). Remember this was the same man who only a few days earlier had denied the Lord out of fear (cf. 4:13). Notice that Peter was "filled" (cf. 2:4; 4:8,31). This shows that it was a repeatable experience (cf. Eph. 5:18). See full note at 5:17.

4:9 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence which is assumed true for the author's purpose.

▣ "if we are on trial today" This Greek term literally means "examined by a court" (cf. 12:19; 24:8; 28:18; Luke 23:14). It was used of the Berean Jews examining the Scriptures to see if Paul was accurately interpreting them (cf. 17:11).

▣ "for a benefit done to a sick man" Peter is asserting the inappropriateness of this official trial with such a hostile environment concerning a wonderful miracle of healing and mercy. They should be praising God instead!

"has been made well" This is a perfect passive indicative, meaning complete health and restoration of his legs.

4:10 "Let it be known to all of you and all the people of Israel" This is a perfect active imperative. The Spirit has emboldened Peter. He is not intimidated by the judicial setting. These leaders could not keep Christ in the tomb and they could not deny the healed man standing in front of them!

▣ "by the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene" Peter picks up on their question and answers specifically how the miracle occurred. See SPECIAL TOPIC: JESUS THE NAZARENE at 2:22.

▣ "whom you crucified" This was the obvious truth. They instigated His death. Notice "by you" in v. 11, which also asserts their guilt.

▣ "whom God raised" The NT affirms that all three persons of the Trinity were active in Jesus' resurrection:

1. Spirit, Rom. 8:11

2. Jesus, John 2:19-22; 10:17-18

3. Father, Acts 2:24,32; 3:15,26; 4:10; 5:30; 10:40; 13:30,33,34,37; 17:31; Rom. 6:4,9

This was confirmation of the truth of Jesus' life and teachings about God and also the Father's full acceptance of Jesus' substitutionary death. This was a major aspect of the Kerygma (i.e., sermons in Acts, see Special Topic at 2:14).

▣ "this man stands here" This is a word play on "stands." The lame man stands up and stands before them.

4:11 This is a quote from Ps. 118:22, but not from the Masoretic text or Septuagint (cf. Eph. 2:20; I Pet. 2:4ff). Jesus uses this of Himself in Mark 12:10 and Luke 20:17, taken from the Septuagint. It signifies the fulfillment of OT prophecy of a rejected Messiah who has become the very heart of God's eternal plan for the redemption (see Special Topic at 1:8) of Israel and the world. This was a shocking statement for these Jewish leaders (cf. I Tim. 2:5).

NASB"the chief corner stone"
NKJV"the chief cornerstone"
NRSV, NJB"the cornerstone"
TEV"stone. . .the most important of all"

SPECIAL TOPIC: CORNERSTONE

4:12 "there is salvation in no one else" This is a strong double negative. There is no salvation in Abraham or Moses (cf. John 14:6; I Tim. 2:5; I John 5:10-12). What a shocking claim! It is very restrictive but also very obvious that Jesus believed that only through a personal relationship with Himself can one know God. Peter boldly proclaims this to that elite Jewish leadership. This has often been called the exclusivistic scandal of Christianity. There is no middle ground here. This statement is true or Christianity is false!

▣ "there is no other name under heaven that has been given among men" The participle "has been given" is a perfect passive. God has ordained this! Jesus is His answer to mankind's spiritual need. There is no Plan B! For a good book on the exclusivistic claims of Christianity see H. A. Netland, Dissonant Voices: Religious Pluralism and the Question of Truth.

▣ "among men" Notice the universal element (cf. John 3:16; I Tim. 2:4; II Pet. 3:9).

▣ "by which we must be saved" This phrase has two verbals.

1. dei, present active indicative, "we must" (see full note on dei at 1:16)

2. sōthēnai, aorist passive infinitive of sōzō, "to be saved"

The word for "save" has two usages in the NT.

1. physical deliverance (OT sense, cf. Matt. 9:22; Mark 6:56; Luke 1:71; 6:9; 7:50; Acts 27:20,31; James 1:21; 2:14; 4:12; 5:20)

2. spiritual salvation (NT usages, cf. Luke 19:10; Acts 2:21,40,47; 11:14; 15:11; 16:30-31)

The lame man experienced both. The religious leaders needed to trust Jesus as their only hope for acceptance and forgiveness! Humans need to be saved (cf. Rom. 1:18-3:20) and Jesus is the only way for this to be accomplished (cf. Rom. 3:21-31). The OT quote in v. 12 shows He has always been God's plan (cf. Isa. 8:14-15; 28:14-19; 52:13-53:12).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:13-22
 13Now as they observed the confidence of Peter and John and understood that they were uneducated and untrained men, they were amazed, and began to recognize them as having been with Jesus. 14And seeing the man who had been healed standing with them, they had nothing to say in reply. 15But when they had ordered them to leave the Council, they began to confer with one another, 16saying, "What shall we do with these men? For the fact that a noteworthy miracle has taken place through them is apparent to all who live in Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it. 17But so that it will not spread any further among the people, let us warn them to speak no longer to any man in this name." 18And when they had summoned them, they commanded them not to speak or teach at all in the name of Jesus. 19But Peter and John answered and said to them, "Whether it is right in the sight of God to give heed to you rather than to God, you be the judge; 20for we cannot stop speaking about what we have seen and heard." 21When they had threatened them further, they let them go (finding no basis on which to punish them) on account of the people, because they were all glorifying God for what had happened; 22for the man was more than forty years old on whom this miracle of healing had been performed.

4:13 "the confidence" See the Special Topic: boldness (parrhēsia) at 4:29.

▣ "uneducated" The term is agrammatos, which is the term "writing" with the alpha privative. This may mean that they were

1. ignorant or uneducated (cf. Moulton, Milligan, Vocabulary, p. 6)

2. untrained in the rabbinical schools (cf. A. T. Robertson, Word Pictures in the Greek New Testament, vol. 3, p. 52 and Louw and Nida, Lexicon, vol. 1, p. 328)

 

▣ "untrained" This is the term idiōtēs, which is usually translated "layman" or "untrained in a certain area." Originally it referred to a normal person as opposed to a leader or spokesperson. It came to be used of an outsider vs. a member of a group (cf. I Cor. 14:16,23-24; II Cor. 11:6).

Notice how the different English translations handle this phrase.

NASB, NKJV "uneducated and untrained men"

NRSV "uneducated and ordinary men"

TEV "ordinary men of no education"

NJB "uneducated layman"

 

"they were amazed" This is an imperfect active indicative (as are the next two verbs). They imply either the beginning of an action or repeated action in past time (indicative mood). Luke uses this word often (18 times in Luke and Acts); it usually, but not always, has a positive connotation (cf. Luke 11:38; 20:26; Acts 4:13; 13:41).

▣ "began to recognize them as having been with Jesus" This was in truth a compliment. Jesus was also untrained in the rabbinical schools, yet He knew the Old Testament well. He did attend synagogue school as all Jewish children (as did Peter and John) were required to do.

These leaders recognized the boldness and power of Peter and John. They had seen the same in Jesus.

4:14 Everyone knew this lame man because he regularly sat at the Temple door daily. But he was not sitting anymore! The crowd in the Temple could not deny this (cf. vv. 16,22).

4:15 They asked the three of them to leave while they discussed their options and planned their strategy of denial and deception (cf. vv. 17-18).

4:17-18 This was their plan! Stop talking about Jesus and stop helping people in His name! What about all the people who were praising God for the healing (cf. 3:8-9; 4:16)?

4:19 "whether" This is a first class conditional sentence, which is used not of reality, but for the sake of argument. Peter and John did not think their commands were valid (cf. 5:28).

"right" See SPECIAL TOPIC: RIGHTEOUSNESS at 3:14.

"you be the judge" This is an aorist active imperative. These leaders condemned themselves by their words, motives, and actions.

4:20 Peter and John assert that they cannot deny what they have experienced and they will not stop sharing it!

4:21 "when they had threatened them further" I wonder what they threatened to do. Jesus was raised from the dead. The man was raised from his bed; what were these leaders going to do to Peter and John?

"(finding no basis on which to punish them)" This may indicate one of Luke's purposes in writing. Christianity was not a threat to Rome or the peace of Jerusalem. Even the Sanhedrin could find no grounds to condemn its leaders.

"on account of the people" The eyewitnesses of the events in Jerusalem held the early church in high esteem (cf. 2:47). The Jewish leaders were threatened by this popularity (cf. 5:13,26).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:23-31
 23When they had been released, they went to their own companions and reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said to them. 24And when they heard this, they lifted their voices to God with one accord and said, "O Lord, it is You who made the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them, 25who by the Holy Spirit, through the mouth of our father David Your servant, said, ‘Why did the Gentiles rage, And the peoples devise futile things? 26'The kings of the earth took their stand, And the rulers were gathered together Against the Lord and against His Christ.' 27"For truly in this city there were gathered together against Your holy servant Jesus, whom You anointed, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, along with the Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, 28to do whatever Your hand and Your purpose predestined to occur. 29"And now, Lord, take note of their threats, and grant that Your bond-servants may speak Your word with all confidence, 30while You extend Your hand to heal, and signs and wonders take place through the name of Your holy servant Jesus." 31And when they had prayed, the place where they had gathered together was shaken, and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak the word of God with boldness.

4:23 They went back to the Upper Room to meet with the disciples.

4:24 "with one accord" This unity of heart and mind characterized the early church (cf. 1:14; 2:46; 4:24; 5:12; 15:25). There is spiritual power and focused action in this atmosphere of unity of purpose.

▣ "Lord" This is the Greek term despota, from which we get the English word despot. It denoted someone in complete authority! Here it refers to God the Father (cf. Luke 2:29 and Rev. 6:10). It is also used of Jesus (cf. II Pet. 2:1 and Jude v. 4).

▣ "who made the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them" This may be an allusion to Exod. 20:11. It is also quoted in 14:15 and the truth is stated in 17:24. YHWH is the creator!

4:25 There are many variant readings of the first part of this verse. The oldest manuscripts P74, א, A, and B already include the ambiguous variant. Although the exact wording is uncertain, the thrust of the text is obvious. For a full account of the problem and the theories of what happened, see Bruce M. Metzger, A Textual Commentary on the Greek New Testament, pp. 321-323).

▣ "who by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of our father David" This asserts the inspiration of the Old Testament (cf. Matt. 5:17-19). This is a quote from the Septuagint of Psalm 2:1-2, a royal Messianic Psalm. Christianity is not something new, but the fulfillment of the Old Testament (cf. Matt. 5:17-48). Worldly opposition is to be expected, but so too, is the victory of YHWH.

4:25-26 "Gentiles. . .the peoples. . .the Kings. . .the Rulers" It looks as if the disciples are doing a rabbinical word association on "rulers." In a sense, they are calling the Sanhedrin Goyim (i.e., Gentiles) or at least associating these OT names to contemporary groups (i.e., Pilate, Herod, Sanhedrin, and Jewish mob) who participated in Jesus' trial and crucifixion.

▣ "rage" This is literally "to snort through one's nose." This implies a haughty arrogance.

4:26 "the Lord. . .His Christ" Notice that YHWH and Messiah are both spoken of together. I am surprised they did not quote Ps. 110:1.

It is so difficult to be a monotheist (see Special Topic at 2:39) and assert the full deity of Christ and the personality of the Spirit (cf. v. 25, see Special Topic at 2:32). Yet, these three divine, eternal persons appear in unified contexts several times in the NT. Remember that all the writers except Luke are monotheistic Jewish Christians. Something radical has caused them to assert a triunity (i.e., the gospel). See SPECIAL TOPIC: THE TRINITY at 2:32.

4:27 "Your holy servant Jesus, whom You anointed" Notice these Messianic titles.

1. holy (cf. 3:14; 4:30)

2. servant (pais, cf. 3:13,26; 4:25,27,30. See note at 3:13)

3. anointed (chriō, from which Christ is derived, cf Luke 4:18; Acts 4:27; 10:38)

This verse asserts several different ways that Jesus was sent and authorized by YHWH. Jesus is God's eternal plan and method of redemption and restoration (cf. v. 28, see Special Topic at 1:8).

SPECIAL TOPIC: ANOINTING IN THE BIBLE (BDB 603)

▣ "there were gathered together against Your holy servant" Here is a list of the opponents to Jesus in Jerusalem.

1. Herod, the Roman appointed Edumean ruler of Palestine (see Special Topic below)

2. Pontius Pilate, the Roman administrative leader of Palestine (see Special Topic at 3:13)

3. Gentiles, which might refer to the Roman army or proselyte Jews

4. the "people of Israel," which would refer to the Jewish authorities and the Jewish mob who asked for Barabbas to be released and Jesus to be crucified

 

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE FAMILY OF HEROD THE GREAT

4:28 "Your hand and Your purpose predestined to occur" Even before creation God had His plan of redemption (cf. Matt. 25:34; John 17:24; Eph. 1:4; I Pet. 1:20; Rev. 13:8; Acts 2:13; 3:18; 13:29). These enemies of Christ only performed that which God wanted them to perform. Jesus came to die (cf. Mark 10:45). The term translated here "predestine" is a compound of the preposition "before" and "to set bounds" (cf. Rom. 8:29,30; I Cor. 2:7; Eph. 1:5,11).

The definitive passages on predestination in the NT are Rom. 8:28-30; Rom. 9; and Eph. 1:3-14. These texts obviously stress that God is sovereign. He is in total control of all things, including human history. There is a preset divine redemption plan being worked out in time. However, this plan is not arbitrary or selective. It is based not only on God's sovereignty and foreknowledge, but also on His unchanging character of love, mercy, and undeserved grace.

We must be careful of our western (American) individualism or our evangelical zeal coloring this wonderful truth. We must also guard against being polarized into the historical, theological conflicts between Augustine and Pelegius or Calvinism and Arminianism.

Predestination is not a doctrine meant to limit God's love, grace, and mercy, nor to exclude some from the gospel. It is meant to strengthen believers by molding their worldview. God's love is for all mankind (cf. I Tim. 2:4; II Pet. 3:9). God is in control of all things. Who or what can separate us from Him (cf. Rom. 8:31-39)? Predestination forms one of two ways to view life. God views all history as present. Humans are time-bound. Our perspective and mental abilities are limited. There is no contradiction between God's sovereignty and mankind's free will. It is a covenantal structure. This is another example of biblical truth given in paradoxical, dialectical, tension-filled pairs. Biblical doctrines are presented from different perspectives. They often appear paradoxical. The truth is a balance between the seemingly opposite pairs. We must not remove the tension by picking one of the truths. We must not isolate any biblical truth into a compartment by itself.

It is also important to add that the goal of election is not only heaven when we die, but Christlikeness now (cf. Eph. 1:4; 2:10)! We were chosen to be "holy and blameless." God chooses to change us so that others may see the change and respond by faith to God in Christ. Predestination is not a personal privilege, but a covenantal responsibility! We are saved to serve! See Special Topic at 2:47.

4:29 "speak Your word" This is a present active infinitive. This is a prayer for continual boldness (cf. Eph. 6:19 and Col. 4:3) and an affirmation of inspiration (cf. II Tim. 3:15-17).

NASB"with all confidence"
NKJV, NRSV,
TEV"with all boldness"
NJB"with all fearlessness"

See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: BOLDNESS (PARRHĒSIA)

4:30 "while you extend Your hand to heal" This was an anthropomorphic phrase (see Special Topic at 2:33) used to describe God revealing His compassion and power. The signs were a way to confirm the gospel message. It was a radically different message from what they had heard all their lives in the synagogue.

4:31 "the place where they had gathered together was shaken" God encouraged these witnesses by another physical demonstration of His power and presence, just as He did at Pentecost. The word is used of wind blowing upon a sailing vessel.

▣ "all filled with the Holy Spirit" Notice that here again all were filled (cf. 2:4; 4:8,31; 9:17; 13:9,52, see full note at 5:17). This filling was for the bold proclamation of the gospel. Also notice that tongues are not mentioned. In Acts when tongues are mentioned, they are usually in an evangelistic context of the gospel overcoming cultural-ethnic and/or geographical barriers.

▣ "the word of God" The Jerome Biblical Commentary (p. 180) has a good note about this phrase, "this is a favorite Lucan way of expressing the Christian message (see 6:2,7; 8:14; 11:1; 13:5,7,44,46,48; 16:32; 17:13; 18:11). Variants of it are "te word of the Lord" (8:25; 13:49; 15:35,36; 19:10,20; 20:35) or simply "the word" (4:29; 6:4; 8:4; 10:44; 11:19; 14:25; 16:6)."

This is the central question of faith, "Is the gospel presented in the NT the word of God?" Faith energized by the Spirit says "yes"!!

▣ "with boldness" See Special Topic at 4:29.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:32-35
 32And the congregation of those who believed were of one heart and soul; and not one of them claimed that anything belonging to him was his own, but all things were common property to them. 33And with great power the apostles were giving testimony to the resurrection of the Lord Jesus, and abundant grace was upon them all. 34For there was not a needy person among them, for all who were owners of land or houses would sell them and bring the proceeds of the sales 35and lay them at the apostles' feet, and they would be distributed to each as any had need.

4:32 "who believed were of one heart and soul" The spirit of unity among the believers (cf. 1:14) reflected the unity of the Triune God (cf. John 17:11,21,23; Eph. 4:4-6). These very words are used in Mark 12:30 to reflect the first commandment in Deut. 6:4-5.

▣ "all things were common property to them" They felt and acted like a family. This was the church's first attempt to finance ministry. It was voluntary and mutual, not mandatory. Love and concern, not government or social leveling, was the motive!

4:33 "were giving testimony to the resurrection" This was the central truth of their message ( cf. I Corinthians 15). Jesus was alive!

▣ "and abundant grace was upon them all" We learn from Paul's letters that at a later time this church was very poor (cf. Rom. 15:3; Gal. 2:10). Abundant grace, like abundant living (cf. John 10:10) has little to do with material things. Notice this abundance was upon all of them, not just the leaders, the possessors of certain gifts, or those of a certain socio-economic level.

4:34 The church felt a responsibility for one another. Those who had, gave freely to those in need (cf. v. 35). This is not communism, but love in action.

4:35 "lay them at the apostles feet" This is a cultural idiom of giving something to another. They laid their goods and money at the Apostles' feet because they had laid their lives at Jesus' feet.

"they would be distributed" This is an imperfect passive indicative, which shows continual action in past time. This follows the synagogue pattern of helping the poor and needy.

"as any had need" There is an interesting comment in Klein, Blomberg, and Hubbard's Introduction to Biblical Interpretation, pp. 451-453, that Marx's manifesto contains two quotes from Acts:

1. "from each according to his ability" – 11:29

2. "to each according to his need"

The hermeneutical problem is that modern people try to use the Bible to support that which the Bible itself never addressed or realized. The Bible cannot mean to us what it never meant to the original author or hearer. We can apply the text in different ways to our cultural and existential situation, but our application must be inseparably linked to the original author's intended meaning. Every biblical text has only one meaning, but many applications or significances. (See my Biblical Interpretation Seminar at www.freebiblecommentary.org )

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:36-37
 36Now Joseph, a Levite of Cyprian birth, who was also called Barnabas by the apostles (which translated means Son of Encouragement), 37and who owned a tract of land, sold it and brought the money and laid it at the apostles' feet.

4:36 "Joseph, a Levite" The Old Testament forbade priests to own land, but the Roman authorities had changed many things in Palestine.

▣ "called Barnabas by the apostles (which translated means Son of Encouragement)" This is the popular meaning of "Barnabas." In Aramaic it could have meant "son of prophecy" or in Hebrew possibly "son of Nebo" (AB, vol. 1). He was an early leader in the Jerusalem church and Paul's friend and missionary companion. Eusebius, an early church historian, says that he was one of the seventy in Luke 10.

SPECIAL TOPIC: BARNABAS

4:37 "who owned a tract of land" He was a man of means (like Nicodemus and Joseph of Aramathea). Chapter 5 shows the potential for abuse in this method of financing ministry (e.g., jealousy, lying, and death).

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Who are the Sadducees? Why were they so mad?

2. What is the Sanhedrin?

3. What is the significance of Ps. 118?

4. Why is v. 12 so significant?

5. Does the predestination of v. 28 refer to individuals or God's plan of redemption? Why?

6. Is Luke trying to set a precedent for the church in 4:32-5:11?

 

Acts 5

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Ananias and Sapphira Lying to the Holy Spirit The Sharing of Goods Ananias and Sapphira The Fraud of Ananias and Sapphira
    (4:32-5:11)    
    4:32-5:6    
5:1-11 5:1-11   5:1-6 5:1-6
    5:7-11 5:7-8 5:7-11
      5:9-11  
Many Signs and Wonders Performed Continuing Power in the Church Second Arrest of the Apostles Miracles and Wonders The General Situation
5:12-16 5:12-16 5:12-21a 5:12-16 5:12-16
Persecution of the Apostles Imprisoned Apostles Freed   The Apostles are Persecuted The Apostles' Arrest and Deliverance
5:17-26 5:17-21   5:17-21a 5:17-18
        5:19-21a
        A Summons to Appear Before the Sanhedrin
  Apostles on Trial Again 5:21b-26 5:21b-26 5:21b-26
  5:22-32      
5:27-32   5:27-32 5:27-28 5:27-33
  Gamaliel's Advice Gamaliel 5:29-32  
5:33-42 5:33-42 5:33-39a 5:33-39a Gamaliel's Intervention
        5:34-39a
    5:39b-42 5:39b-42 5:39b-41
        5:42

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:1-6
 1But a man named Ananias, with his wife Sapphira, sold a piece of property, 2and kept back some of the price for himself, with his wife's full knowledge, and bringing a portion of it, he laid it at the apostles' feet. 3But Peter said, "Ananias, why had Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back some of the price of the land? 4While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own? And after it was sold, was it not under your control? Why is it that you have conceived this deed in your heart? You have not lied to men but to God." 5And as he heard these words, Ananias fell down and breathed his last; and great fear came over all who heard of it. 6The young men got up and covered him up, and after carrying him out, they buried him.

5:1 "Ananias" The full Hebrew name would have been Hananiah, which means "YHWH has graciously given" or "YHWH is gracious" (BDB 337).

▣ Sapphira" This was Ananias' wife. The name in Aramaic means "beautiful." They were both believers.

5:2 kept back" This same rare verb (nosphizomai) is used in the Septuagint (LXX) of Joshua 7:1 to describe the sin of Achan. F. F. Bruce, in his commentary on Acts (NIC) has made the comment that Ananias was to the early church what Achan was to the Conquest. This sin had the potential of hurting the entire church. This term is also used in Titus 2:10 of slaves stealing from their masters.

▣ "bringing a portion of it, he laid it at the apostles' feet" This mimics what Barnabas did in 4:37. This couple had the freedom to sell or not to sell their personal property (cf. v. 4). They had the freedom to give some or all of it to the Lord's work. They did not have the right to give part, but claim they gave all. Their motives and duplicitous actions revealed their heart (cf. v. 4c; Luke 21:14). God looks at the heart (cf. I Sam. 16:7; I Kgs. 8:39; I Chr. 28:9; Pro. 21:2; Jer. 17:10; Luke 16:15; Acts 1:24; Rom. 8:27).

5:3 "Satan. . .Holy Spirit" This shows the presence of the two spiritual forces which are active in our world and in our lives. In Eph. 2:2-3 (cf. James. 4) are listed the three enemies of post-Genesis humanity:

1. the fallen world system

2. a personal tempter

3. our fallen nature

 

SPECIAL TOPIC: SATAN

SPECIAL TOPIC: PERSONAL EVIL

▣ "filled" This is the same word used of the Spirit (cf. Eph. 5:18). Filling requires cooperation! We are filled with something (see full note at 5:17)! Satan is involved, but we are responsible (cf. Luke 22:3-6). I recommend the book Three Crucial Questions About Spiritual Warfare, by Clinton E. Arnold. Surprisingly there is continuing satanic influence in the lives of believers (cf. Eph. 6:10-19; I John 5:18-19). See fuller notes at 2:4 and 3:10.

This phrase (i.e., filled your heart") may be a Hebrew idiom (cf. Esther 7:5; Eccl. 8:11; 9:3). Many scholars assume an Aramaic original to the early chapters of Acts.

▣ "to lie to the Holy Spirit" They lied to Peter and the church, but in reality they lied to the Spirit. Theologically this is very similar to Jesus asking Paul on the road to Damascus, "Why are you persecuting Me?" (cf. Acts 9:4). Paul was persecuting individual believers, but Jesus took it personally, as does the Spirit here. This should be a word of warning to modern believers.

5:4 This verse has two questions that expect "yes" answers. This is a grammatical feature, not an interpretive issue.

▣ "You have not lied to men but to God" It was not that they kept part of the money, but that they lied to make themselves look spiritual. Notice that even a kind, generous act, which is done with a bad motive, is a sin (cf. Rom. 14:23c). Notice that the Holy Spirit mentioned in v. 3 here is called God.

5:5 "fell down and breathed his last" In the ancient world one's last breath was evidence that the spirit of the person had left (cf. Jgds. 4:2; Ezek. 21:7 in the LXX). This rare term is found in the NT only in Acts (cf. 5:4,10; 12:23). This is an example of temporal judgment. This is similar to God's judgment on Aaron's sons in Leviticus 10. Sin is serious to God. It cost a life (cf. II Kgs. 14:6; Ezek. 18:4,20).

"a great fear came over all" This possibly was the purpose of this temporal judgment. This would be analogous to the OT deaths of Nadab and Abihu of Leviticus 10 and Uzzah of II Samuel 6. Based on I Cor. 11:30; James 5:20; and I John 5:16-17, it is possible to assume that some sins by believers result in an early death. It is hard to keep the balance between the holiness of God (transcendence) and Fatherhood of God (immanence).

5:6 "they buried him" Jews of the first century did not practice embalming (they still do not), probably because of Gen. 3:19 (cf. Ps. 103:14; 104:29). A person had to be buried quickly, usually within one day.

Because of the offense there was no memorial service or other Christian burial rites.

SPECIAL TOPIC: BURIAL PRACTICES

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:7-11
 7Now there elapsed an interval of about three hours, and his wife came in, not knowing what had happened. 8And Peter responded to her, "Tell me whether you sold the land for such and such a price?" And she said, "Yes, that was the price." 9Then Peter said to her, "Why is it that you have agreed together to put the Spirit of the Lord to the test? Behold, the feet of those who have buried your husband are at the door, and they will carry you out as well." 10And immediately she fell at his feet and breathed her last, and the young men came in and found her dead, and they carried her out and buried her beside her husband. 11And great fear came over the whole church, and over all who heard of these things.

5:7 "about three hours" This shows the vividness of the account by an eyewitness. Luke's writing is characterized by this attention to details. It reflects both his writing style and research methods (i.e., interviews with eyewitnesses).

5:8 The lie, the pretense continues!

5:9 "test" In a round about sense, this was a test of the presence and power of the Holy Spirit, God the Father's personal presence on earth (see Special Topic at 1:2). There are temporal consequences, as well as eternal consequences for challenging the Spirit! These two did not realize that it was the Spirit they were lying to, but Peter did.

There are two Greek terms used to denote a test. This one connotes "to test with a view toward destruction." This possibly reflects Exod. 17:2 and Deut. 6:16, where these texts warn against tempting/testing YHWH (cf. Ps. 78:18,41,56).

SPECIAL TOPIC: GREEK TERMS FOR TESTING AND THEIR CONNOTATIONS

5:10 The term used to describe "the young men" (neōteroi) in v. 6 is different from the term neanikoi in v. 10. It is uncertain whether this is just authorial variety or a different group of young men in the church. Both Greek words come from the same root word (neos).

5:11 "great fear. . .over all who heard of these things" Luke uses the common word phobos several times in this same general sense (cf. Luke 1:69; 3:37; Acts 19:17). For believers it is a sense of reverence, respect, and awe, but for unbelievers it is a sense of foreboding, fear, and terror (cf. Luke 12:4-5; Heb. 10:31).

"church" This is the first time this term is used in Acts, although it is in the Textus Receptus at 2:47. See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: CHURCH (EKKLESIA)

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:12-16
 12At the hands of the apostles many signs and wonders were taking place among the people; and they were all with one accord in Solomon's portico. 13But none of the rest dared to associate with them; however, the people held them in high esteem. 14And all the more believers in the Lord, multitudes of men and women, were constantly added to their number, 15to such an extent that they even carried the sick out into the streets and laid them on cots and pallets, so that when Peter came by at least his shadow might fall on any one of them. 16Also the people from the cities in the vicinity of Jerusalem were coming together, bringing people who were sick or afflicted with unclean spirits, and they were all being healed.

5:12-16 This is a brief summary, which is so characteristic of the book of Acts (cf. 2:43-47 and 4:32-35).

5:12 "many signs and wonders" This is an Imperfect passive (deponent) indicative. These two terms appear in Peter's quote from Joel 2 in Acts 2:19. Miracles were repeatedly performed (cf. 2:43; 4:30; 5:12; 6:8; 7:36; 14:3; 15:20). Remember that the miraculous is not automatically a sign of deity (cf. Matt. 24:24; and II Thess. 2:9), but it was and is a way to confirm the Christian message, which was so radically different from the focus and emphasis of Judaism.

▣ "they were all in one accord" See note at 1:14. It is important to Luke to emphasize this again and again. It was an ideal that did not last long!

"in Solomon's portico" This was an open colonnade within the Temple area along the eastern wall of the Court of the Gentiles. Jesus often taught there also (cf. John 10:23). This was the site of Peter and John's first arrest.

5:13

NASB"none of the rest dared to associate with them"
NKJV, NRSV"none of the rest dared join them"
TEV"Nobody outside the group dared join them"
NJB"No one else dared to join them"

This is an unusual phrase. It seems to describe the negative side of "fear." There are several groups designated in this context (cf. vv. 12-16). For most, the events were a draw to faith in Christ (cf. #5 and possibly #6 and #7) or a confirmation of faith in Christ (i.e., #3).

1. the Apostles, v. 12

2. the people, vv. 12,13

3. the believers (i.e., in one accord in Solomon's portico), v. 12

4. the rest (i.e., the Jewish leadership), v. 13

5. new believers, v. 14

6. the sick of Jerusalem, v. 15

7. the sick and possessed from the surrounding villages, v. 16

The present middle infinitive "to associate" is literally "to glue." Luke uses this term often, but in a wide variety of senses. Here it refers to their not becoming part of the new group (i.e., believers in Jesus as the promised Messiah).

5:14 "believers" This is a present active participle, which implies an ongoing action. See Special Topics at 2:40 and 3:16.

NASB, TEV,
NJB, NIV"in the Lord"
NKJV, NRSV"to the Lord"

This grammatical form (i.e., eight case system) can be understood as dative ("to") or locative ("in"). I think it is a way to show that believers belong to the Lord. We are His possession, and He is ours!

"women" Luke especially highlights "women," both in the Gospel and Acts (i.e., 1:14; 8:12; 16:1,13; 17:4,12,34; 18:2; 21:5). Jesus brings a new sense of dignity and worth to women and children.

"were constantly added to their number" Luke often used summary statements of the growth of the church (cf. 2:47; 5:14; 6:7; 9:31; 12:24; 16:5; 19:20).

5:15 "when Peter came by at least his shadow" Miracles at this stage were common as a way of confirming the gospel. Peter was the obvious spokesman for the Apostles. This same type of confirming, healing also occurred through Paul (cf. 19:12).

As interpreters we must remember that these miracle signs were given to

1. show the compassion of God

2. show the truth of the gospel

3. show who were the God-called leaders

These signs were given in a particular culture, for a specific purpose. Because God did it there, it does not automatically mean that He will do the same in every period of history in every culture. Not that God is not active in every age nor less compassionate, but that the people of God must walk by faith and not by sight! Miracles continue, but salvation of sinners must be the greatest goal, not physical healing for those who will still die!

It seems to me that God has not changed. His character, power, compassion, and desire for all to be saved remains the same, but looking at history theologically, there are two major periods of intense, supernatural signs, both from God and from Satan.

1. surrounding the time of the incarnation and development of the early church

2. preceding the end-time events when believers will be under terrible persecution

I would like to quote A. T. Robertson, Word Pictures in the New Testament, vol. III, p. 62

"There was, of course, no virtue or power in Peter's shadow. That was faith with superstition, of course, just as similar cases in the Gospels occur (Matt. 9:20; Mark 6:56; John 9:5) and the use of Paul's handkerchief (Acts 19:12). God honours even superstitious faith if it is real faith in him. Few people are wholly devoid of superstition."

5:16 "they were all being healed" This is an imperfect passive indicative, which asserts each one was healed (the agent is unexpressed, but probably the Spirit) one at a time, over and over and over, until none were left!

This is a summary type statement. Are we to take it literally (i.e., every single one)? Jesus required faith or used the healing to (1) train the disciples or (2) cause the crowds to listen.

It is shocking to me that not all those healed in the NT were simultaneously "saved" (i.e., trust Christ and have eternal life). Physical healing is a poor substitute for spiritual salvation. Miracles are only truly helpful if they bring us to God. All humans live in a fallen world. Bad things happen. God often chooses not to intervene, but this says nothing about His love and concern. Be careful of demanding that God act miraculously every time in this current evil age. He is sovereign and we do not know the full implications of any given situation.

At this point I would like to add my commentary notes from II Tim. 4:20 about Paul and physical healing (see www.freebiblecommentary.org ) :

"There are so many questions we would like to ask the NT writers. One subject all believers think about is physical healing. In Acts (cf. 19:12; 28:7-9) Paul is able to heal, but here and in II Cor. 12:7-10 and Phil. 2:25-30, he seems unable. Why are some healed and not all, and is there a time window connected to healing which has closed?

I surely believe in a supernatural, compassionate Father who has and does heal physically as well as spiritually, but why is this healing aspect seemingly present and then noticeably absent? I do not think that it is connected to human faith, for surely Paul had faith (cf. II Corinthians 12). I feel that healing and believing miracles affirmed the truthfulness and validity of the gospel, which it still does in areas of the world where it is first proclaimed. However, I feel that God wants us to walk by faith and not by sight. Also, physical illness is often allowed in believer's lives (1) as temporal punishment for sin; (2) as consequences of life in a fallen world; and (3) to help believers mature spiritually. My problem is that I never know which one is involved! My prayer for God's will to be done in each case is not a lack of faith but a sincere attempt to allow the gracious, compassionate God to work His will in each life."

"unclean spirits" See Special Topics below.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE DEMONIC (UNCLEAN SPIRITS)

SPECIAL TOPIC: EXORCISM

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:17-26
 17But the high priest rose up, along with all his associates (that is the sect of the Sadducees), and they were filled with jealousy. 18They laid hands on the apostles and put them in a public jail. 19But during the night an angel of the Lord opened the gates of the prison, and taking them out he said, 20"Go, stand and speak to the people in the temple the whole message of this Life." 21Upon hearing this, they entered into the temple about daybreak and began to teach. Now when the high priest and his associates came, they called the Council together, even all the Senate of the sons of Israel, and sent orders to the prison house for them to be brought. 22But the officers who came did not find them in the prison; and they returned and reported back, 23saying, "We found the prison house locked quite securely and the guards standing at the doors; but when we had opened up, we found no one inside." 24Now when the captain of the temple guard and the chief priests heard these words, they were greatly perplexed about them as to what would come of this. 25But someone came and reported to them, "The men whom you put in prison are standing in the temple and teaching the people!" 26Then the captain went along with the officers and proceeded to bring them back without violence (for they were afraid of the people, that they might be stoned).

5:17 "they were filled with jealousy" The Greek word simply means "to boil." Therefore, context must tell us it is zealousness or jealousy. This shows the true motivation of the religious leaders, jealousy! In Luke's Gospel Jesus' main enemies were the Pharisees, but in Acts His followers' main enemies were the Sadducees.

The verb "filled" is used in a variety of ways by Luke to show what characterizes or describes a person or personified entity.

1. John the Baptist, even before his birth, was filled with the Holy Spirit – Luke 1:15

2. Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit – Luke 1:41

3. Zacharias was filled with the Holy Spirit –Luke 1:61

4. all in the Synagogue who heard Jesus speak were filled with rage – Luke 4:28

5. those in the house where the paralytic was lowered through the roof were filled with fear – Luke 5:26

6. Pharisees and Scribes traveling with Jesus on a Sabbath were filled with rage – Luke 6:11

7. those in the upper room on Pentecost were filled with the Holy Spirit – Acts 2:4

8. those who heard Peter speak in the temple were filled with amazement – Acts 3:10

9. Peter speaking before the Sanhedrin was filled with the Holy Spirit – Acts 4:8

10. all in the upper room were filled with the Holy Spirit – Acts 4:31

11. Satan filled Ananias' and Sapphira's hearts – Acts 5:3

12. Peter and John spoke to the Sanhedrin again and they were filled with jealousy – Acts 5:17

13. Jerusalem filled with the gospel – Acts 5:28

14. the seven full of the Spirit and wisdom – Acts 6:3

15. Stephen full of faith and the Holy Spirit – Acts 6:5,8; 7:55

16. Ananias lays hands on Saul/Paul and he is filled with the Holy Spirit – Acts 9:17

17. Paul preaches filled with the Spirit – Acts 13:9

18. Jews in the crowd who Paul preached to were filled with jealousy – Acts 13:45

19. the disciples were continually filled with joy and the Holy Spirit – Acts 13:52

20. Ephesus was filled with confusion – Acts 19:29

In the presence of the gospel what are you "filled" with?

5:18 These first chapters in Acts show the problems faced by the early church. The problems differ from age to age, culture to culture, but God is for us, with us, and empowers us to overcome. Nothing—prison, attempted humiliation, threats, etc.—can rob believers of the presence and peace of Christ (cf. Rom. 8:31-39).

5:19 "an angel of the Lord" This phrase is used two ways in the OT.

1. an angel (cf. Gen. 24:7,40; Exod. 23:20-23; 32:34; Num. 22:22; Jdgs. 5:23; I Sam. 24:16; I Chr. 21:15ff; Zech. 1:28)

2. as a way of referring to YHWH (cf. Gen. 16:7-13; 22:11-15; 31:11,13; 48:15-16; Exod. 3:2,4; 13:21; 14:19; Jdgs. 2:1; 6:22-24; 13:3-23; Zech. 3:1-2)

Luke uses the phrase often (cf. Luke 1:11,13; 2:9; Acts 5:19; 7:30; 8:26; 12:7,11,23; 10:3; 27:23), but in the sense of #1 above. The NT does not use sense #2, except in Acts 8:26 and 29, where, "an angel of the Lord" is paralleled to the Holy Spirit.

▣ "opened the gates of the prison" This is similar to Paul and Silas' experience at Philippi (cf. Acts 16:26). In many ways the life of Peter is paralleled in Paul. This may have been Luke's literary intentionality.

5:20 "Go, stand and speak" These function as three imperatives.

1. Go, present middle (deponent) imperative

2. Stand, aorist passive participle used as an imperative (Friberg's, Analytical Greek New Testament, p. 379)

3. Speak, present active imperative

The angel had an evangelistic mission for the early church (and for today's church).

"speak to the people" This was the major thrust of the Apostles' ministry. Boldness (see Special Topic at 4:29), not fear, characterizes their new spirit-filled lives.

NASB"the whole message of the Life"
NKJV"all the words of this life"
NRSV"the whole message about this life"
TEV"all about this new life"
NJB"all about this new Life"

This phrase is speaking about the new life (zōe, eternal life) found only in the gospel of Jesus Christ. They had been freed both spiritually (salvation) and physically (out of prison). Now they were to tell all to all (cf. Matt. 28:18-20; Luke 24:47; Acts 1:8)!

5:21 Notice that being supernaturally freed did not imply that they would not be imprisoned again. Even God's provision does not mean that all difficulties will be solved or removed in ministry (cf. Matt. 5:10-12; Rom. 8:17; I Pet. 4:12-16)

"the Council. . .the Senate of the sons of Israel" See Special Topic: Sanhedrin at 4:5. To whom does "the Senate" refer? Curtis Vaughan, in Acts, pp. 39-40, says it was the elders of Jerusalem who were not members of the Sanhedrin at that present time (cf. M. R. Vincent, Word Studies, Vol. 1, p. 234), but the NASB and NIV translations assume that Council and Senate are synonymous.

5:23 "locked" This is a perfect passive participle. The idea was that the prison doors were secure and the guards set (perfect active participle), but the prisoners were gone.

5:24 "they were greatly perplexed" Luke uses this term several times. It is an intensified form of aporeō (cf. Luke 24:4; Acts 25:20) with dia (cf. Luke 9:7; Acts 2:12; 5:24; 10:17). Its basic meaning is doubt, uncertainty, or perplexity.

▣ "as to what would come of this" The grammatical form of the phrase is an incomplete Fourth class conditional sentence (an plus aorist middle [deponent] optative). The optative mood expresses perplexity (cf. Luke 1:61-62; 3:15; 8:9; 15:26; 22:23; Acts 5:24; 8:31; 10:17; 21:33, see James Allen Hewett, New Testament Greek, p. 195).

5:26 "they were afraid of the people, that they might be stoned" This showed the popularity of the early church (cf. v. 13; 2:47; 4:21) and the source of the continuing jealousy of the Jewish leaders.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:27-32
 27When they had brought them, they stood them before the Council. The high priest questioned them, 28saying, "We gave you strict orders not to continue teaching in this name, and yet, you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching and intend to bring this man's blood upon us." 29But Peter and the apostles answered, "We must obey God rather than men. 30The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom you had put to death by hanging Him on a cross. 31He is the one whom God exalted to His right hand as Prince and a Savior, to grant repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins. 32And we are witnesses of these things; and so is the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those who obey Him."

5:28

NASB, NRSV,
TEV"strict orders"
NKJV"strictly command"
NJB"strong warning"

The NKJV has "Did we not strictly command you not to teach in this name," which is a Greek manuscript variant found in the Greek texts אi2, D, and E, but not in MSS P74, א*, A, or B. The UBS4 puts the NKJV option in the text, but "not" in brackets. This question expects a "yes" answer. The Apostles were warned!

The construction is a Semitic idiom (cf. Luke 22:15) similar to the cognate accusative in Koine Greek, where the verb (parangellō) and the direct object (parangelia) are from the same root. This construction intensifies the basic meaning of the terms. It is interesting that this term in the Koine papyri found in Egypt meant an official summons to court or an order from a court (cf. Moulton and Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek New Testament, p. 481).

"this man's" This expression shows the contempt of the Jewish leaders. They never mention Jesus' name. The Talmud even calls Him "so and so" (cf. M. R. Vincent, Word Studies, vol. 1, p. 234).

"blood upon us" Peter and John were continuing to assert that these Jewish leaders engineered Jesus' death (cf. v. 30; 2:33; 3:14-15; 4:10). This was also Stephen's accusation in 7:52.

5:29 "must" This word dei means moral necessity. This shows the Apostles' obligation to preach the truth, regardless of the consequences (cf. 4:19). See full note at 1:16.

5:30 "The God of our fathers" These early Christians believed they were the true spiritual heirs and descendants of the OT people of God (cf. 3:13; Rom. 2:28-29; Gal. 6:16; I Pet. 3:5,9; Rev. 1:6).

"raised up Jesus" The NT affirms that the Father raised Jesus (cf. Acts 2:24,32; 3:15,26; 4:10; 5:30; 10:40; 13:30,33,34,37; 17:31; Rom. 6:4,9) to confirm the truth of Jesus' life and teachings. This is a major aspect of the Kerygma (cf. I Corinthians 15).

It should also be noted that the NT affirms that the Son and the Spirit were also involved in this great affirmation event.

1. the Son – John 2:19-22; 10:17-18

2. the Spirit – Rom. 8:11

 

"whom you had put to death by hanging Him on a cross" This relates back to the curse of Deut. 21:23. These religious leaders wanted Jesus, a Messianic pretender, to bear the curse of YHWH. Jesus bore the curse of the OT law (i.e., the soul that sins will surely die [cf. Ezek. 18:4,20] and all humans have sinned, cf. Rom. 3:9-18, 23) for us (cf. Gal. 3:13; Col. 1:14). Jesus was the innocent lamb of God who gave Himself for the estranged world (cf. John 1:29; II Cor. 5:21).

5:31 "God exalted to His right hand" The term "exalted" is translated in John 3:14 as "lifted up" and in Phil. 2:9 as "highly exalted." The cross was Christ's means of exaltation and triumph (cf. Col. 1:15; II Cor. 2:14).

The anthropomorphic phrase "right hand" was a metaphor for the place of power and authority (cf. Matt. 26:64). God is an eternal Spirit. He does not have a physical body. See Special Topic at 2:33.

"Prince" This verse clearly and specifically asserts the Messiahship of Jesus. This same term was used of Jesus in 3:15, where it could be translated "Author" (NRSV). It can mean "chief," "pioneer," or "prince." It was also used of the founder of a school or family (cf. Heb. 2:10; 12:2). See Special Topic at 3:15.

"Savior" This term was used in the first century Greco-Roman world of Caesar. He claimed to be the savior of culture and peace. Another term which the Caesars claimed for themselves, but Christians used uniquely for Jesus, was Lord (kurios).

This term "Savior" was used in the OT as a term for YHWH (cf. II Sam. 22:3; Ps. 106:21; Isa. 43:4,11; 45:15,21; 49:26; 60:16; 63:8). NT writers often assert the deity of Jesus by attributing to Him OT titles of YHWH. Notice how Paul in his letter to Titus does this.

1. 1:3, "God our Savior"

2. 1:4, "Christ Jesus our Savior"

3. 2:10, "God our Savior"

4. 2:13, "our great God and Savior, Christ Jesus"

5. 3:4, "God our Savior"

6. 3:6, "Jesus Christ our Savior"

 

"to grant repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins" This shows the purpose of Jesus' death (cf. Luke 24:47 and Acts 2:38). It is unusual for NT authors to refer to repentance as a gift from God (cf. Acts 11:18 [to Gentiles]; II Tim. 2:25; and possibly also Rom. 2:4). Usually it is one of the requirements of the New Covenant for the human recipient of the gospel (cf. Mark 1:15 and Acts 3:16,19; 20:21). I think it is a literary way to show that God wants all humans made in His image to be saved. It is not an issue related to God's sovereignty.

Often those who focus solely on God's part in the New Covenant use this verse to prove that salvation is all of God and does not involve any participation on the part of mankind. However, this is a good example of proof-texting a passage to fit one's preconceived system of theology. The Bible clearly asserts the priority and necessity of God's initiation, but also reveals that the concept of "covenant" best describes His chosen model of how to relate to needy humanity. Freedom is a gift which God gave in creation. God does not violate this gift/responsibility (cf. Rom. 2:4; II Cor. 7:10). He does draw us, woo us, work with us, and provide a way of redemption (cf. John 6:44,65). But fallen humans must respond and continue to respond in repentance, faith, obedience, and perseverance.

Here is an interesting quote from Frank Stagg, New Testament Theology, p. 119:

"Men cannot achieve but only receive repentance, yet they must receive it. By faith a man receives Christ into his innermost person; and Christ, as a transforming presence reverses the course of that life from self-trust to trust in God, from self-assertion to self-denial. This conversion is the reversal of the Fall, in which man sought to find the whole meaning of his existence within himself."

5:32 Several times in Acts Peter referred to the fact that the Apostles and disciples are witnesses of Jesus' life and death and resurrection. In this context he adds, "the Holy Spirit" as witness. This may be a way of affirming the two necessary OT witnesses to confirm a matter (cf. Num. 35:30; Deut. 17:6).

Luke/Acts speak of the gift of the Spirit

1. at baptism – 2:38

2. at obedience to the gospel – 5:32

3. cannot be bought – 8:19-20

4. to the Gentiles – 10:45; 11:17

5. from the Father – Luke 11:13 (cf. James 1:17)

 

"those who obey Him" Obedience is a lifestyle choice! We must obey by believing the gospel. We must continue in obedience to enjoy its fruits (cf. Matt. 7:24-27; Luke 6:46-48). The rare term "obey" (peithomai plus archē, cf. 27:21; Titus 3:1), used in vv. 29 and 32, was a combination of the terms "ruler" (archē) and obey.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:33-39
 33But when they heard this, they were cut to the quick and intended to kill them. 34But a Pharisee named Gamaliel, a teacher of the Law, respected by all the people, stood up in the Council and gave orders to put the men outside for a short time. 35And he said to them, "Men of Israel, take care what you propose to do with these men. 36For some time ago Theudas rose up, claiming to be somebody, and a group of about four hundred men joined up with him. But he was killed, and all who followed him were dispersed and came to nothing. 37After this man, Judas of Galilee rose up in the days of the census and drew away some people after him; he too perished, and all those who followed him were scattered. 38So in the present case, I say to you, stay away from these men and let them alone, for if this plan or action is of men, it will be overthrown; 39but if it is of God, you will not be able to overthrow them; or else you may even be found fighting against God."

5:33

NASB"they were cut to the quick"
NKJV"they were furious"
NRSV"they were enraged"
TEV"they were so furious"
NJB"this so infuriated them"

This term literally means "cut with a saw" or "gnash with the teeth." This very same term in the same form is also used in 7:54, where the added phrase, "cut to the heart," shows the full metaphorical sense (see also Luke 2:35). This strong term (i.e., diaprō) is similar in meaning to 2:37a.

"intended to kill them" This is an imperfect middle (deponent) indicative, implying that (1) they began at this point to try to kill them or (2) this was a recurrent plan and desire. From our knowledge of the early church's growth from Acts, #1 fits best. Notice it is the Sadducees who expressed this anger and murderous intent. It is just possible that the Pharisees (i.e., Gamaliel) saw the early church as a useful thorn to poke at the Sadducean rejection of resurrection in general. Pharisees would not want to affirm the resurrection of Jesus, but would affirm the concept of a resurrection followed by a future life with God.

It is surprising to modern Bible readers that religious leaders could plan murder. Remember these were Sadducees committed to the writings of Moses, which commanded that a blasphemer must be stoned to death. These leaders thought they were acting on God's behalf and in conformity to His word (cf. Lev. 24:10-16).

5:34 "Pharisees" See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PHARISEES

SPECIAL TOPIC: GAMALIEL

5:36-37 "Theudas. . .Judas of Galilee" Josephus mentions these same two names (cf. Antiq. 20.5.1). However, he listed them in the reverse order. Further historical information shows that there were two persons by this name who were Jewish zealots against Rome. Therefore, both the NT and Josephus could be accurate. The one mentioned by Gamaliel rebelled in a.d. 6, whereas the one mentioned by Josephus rebelled in a.d. 44.

5:37 "in the days of the census" Josephus (cf. Antiq.18.1.1; Wars 2.8.1) tells us that Augustus ordered a tax to be levied on the Jews, soon after Archelaus was dethroned and Quirinius was made legate of Syria (i.e., about a.d. 6-7). These census for taxation purposes occurred every fourteen years, but took years to complete.

"Judas of Galilee" He is mentioned several times by Josephus (cf. Antiq. 18.1.1-6; 20.5.2 and also in Wars 2.8.1; 2.17.8-9). His revolt occurred in about a.d. 6 or 7. He was the founder of the zealot movement. The zealots (Josephus calls them "the fourth philosophy) and the Sicarii (i.e., assassins) are possibly the same political movement.

5:38 "stay away from these men and let them alone" What surprising advice! This phrase has two aorist active imperatives.

1. aphistēmi, separate, put away

2. aphiēmi, send away, dismiss

 

"if" This is a third class conditional sentence, which means potential action.

5:39 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence, which usually denotes an affirmation of truth, but here it cannot be true. This shows the literary use of this grammatical form.

"or else you may even be found fighting against God" It must be remembered that these religious leaders think they are acting on God's behalf. The very fact that Gamaliel speaks the possibility of their being sincerely wrong is a shocking statement (cf. 11:17).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:40-42
 40They took his advice; and after calling the apostles in, they flogged them and ordered them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and then released them. 41So they went on their way from the presence of the Council, rejoicing that they had been considered worthy to suffer shame for His name. 42And every day, in the temple and from house to house, they kept right on teaching and preaching Jesus as the Christ.

5:40 "They took his advice" This phrase is included in v. 39 in some translations (cf. NRSV) and in v. 40 in others (cf. NASB, NKJV). The TEV and NJB keep it in v. 39, but start a new paragraph.

"flogged" This was not the same as the Roman flogging (mastix, cf. Acts 22:24-25), which Jesus endured. This referred to the Jewish beating with rods (cf. Deut. 25:3; i.e., derō, Luke 12:47-48; 20:10-11; 22:63). It was very painful, but not life-threatening.

The interpretive problem is that these two Greek terms are often used interchangeably. The Septuagint of Deut. 25:3 has mastix, but it refers to a Jewish punishment. Luke regularly uses derō for this Jewish synagogue beating (literally "skinning an animal").

"and ordered them not to speak in the name of Jesus" This same Council had done this earlier (cf. 4:17,21). This time they beat them and repeated the warning.

5:41 Jesus had predicted this type of treatment (cf. Matt. 10:16-23; Mark 13:9-13; Luke 12:1-12; 21:10-19; John 15:18-27; 16:2-4).

"rejoicing that they had been considered worthy to suffer shame for His name" This seems surprising to us today because we live in a society where physical persecution is so rare, but this has not been the case for the vast majority of believers through the centuries.

Jesus plainly said that His followers would suffer. Please read Matt. 5:10-12; John 15:18-21; 16:1-2; 17:14; Acts 14:22; Rom. 5:3-4;; 8:17; II Cor. 4:16-18; Phil. 1:29; I Thess. 3:3; II Tim. 3:12; James 1:2-4. Also notice how in I Peter Jesus' suffering (cf. 1:11; 2:21,23; 3:18; 4:1,13; 5:1) is to be emulated by His followers (cf. 1:6-7; 2:19; 3:13-17; 4:1,12-19; 5:9-10).

5:42 "every day, in the temple" These early witnesses of Jesus refused to be silenced, even in the very heart of Judaism, the temple in Jerusalem.

"from house to house" The early church had their meetings in private homes spread throughout the city (cf. 2:46). There were no church buildings until several hundred years later.

NASB, NKJV"the Christ"
NRSV, TEV,
REB"the Messiah"

In this Jewish setting the title "Messiah" (see Special Topic at 2:31) is more appropriate (cf. 2:31; 3:18; 5:42; 8:5; 9:22), as Peter used in Matt. 16:16. When Paul preached to Jews he also used this as a reference to the promised, anointed One (cf. 17:3; 18:5,28).

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS FOR ACTS 3-5

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought-provoking, not definitive.

1. Why did the Apostles stay within Judaism so long?

2. List the titles of Jesus and their meanings which are used in chapter 3.

3. What are the two minimal requirements in salvation?

4. Why is Moses quoted so often in the New Testament?

5. What is the significance of the Abrahamic covenant to the NT church?

6. Why were Peter and John arrested?

7. Outline Peter's third sermon.

8. What is significant about the prayer of 4:24-31?

9. To be truly New Testament must one be communistic? (cf. 4:32)

10. List the reasons why Luke included the account of Ananias and Sapphira.

11. Did Ananias realize that he was filled with Satan? Did he realize that he had lied to God?

12. Why was God seemingly so harsh?

13. What about miracles (especially healings) in our day?

14. Why were the Sadducees so mad?

15. Why did the angel release the Apostles from prison?

16. Outline Peter's fourth sermon. List the common elements between his other recorded sermons in Acts.

17. Who was Gamaliel?

18. Why should Christians rejoice in suffering?

 

Pages